environmental impact assessment report “expansion … pharmaceuticals_eia... · 2018-12-14 ·...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

for

“EXPANSION OF BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES ANDACTIVE PHARMACEUTICAL INGREDIENTS (APIs)”

BY

M/s SATYADEEPTHA PHARMACEUTICALS LIMITED

AT

Plot No. 101, A&B, 101P1, 100 P4, Sy.No.219 &223Humnabad KIADB Industrial area,

Gadavanthi VillageHumnabad Taluk

Bidar DistrictKarnataka

[Project termed under schedule 5(f) ,Category ‘B’ as per EIA Notification 2006 andits Amendments&Project falls under violation category as per Violation notification

vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017]

EIA Consultant:

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI(NABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 Valid Till: 13-10-2019

&MoEF Recognized Lab vide F. No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)

SEPTEMBER 2018

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd EIA/EMP report

of 276

Acknowledgement

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection,compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the reporton Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report of M/s. Satyadeeptha PharmaceuticalsLtd.

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd,

Mr.Ramakrishna- Managing Director

Mr. KANV Prasad - GM Operations

Mr. Chandrakanth Dande -Incharge- EHS Dept


of 276

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP for the“Expansion Of Bulk Drug Intermediates And Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients(APIs)”alsoconfirms that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned inthis statement.

Signature:

Date: 25.09.2018

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai.

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0083 &13.10.19.


of 276

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA team in the following capacity that developed theabove EIA with the support of the following Team Members.

EIA Co-ordinator Team MemberName: Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Name: T .Rajani

Signature: Signature:Date: 25.09.2018 Date: 25.09.2018

Contact Information:

Hubert Enviro CareSystems Pvt.Ltd.,# A-21, Phase III, Behind Lion Club School,Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy,Chennai –600032.Tamil Nadu, India.Email: [email protected]: www.hecs.in

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S.No. Functional Areas Name of the Expert Signature Duration of

Involvement

1. AP

FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Aug 2016 to till date

TM

Mr. Abhishek Aug 2016 to till date

Mrs T. Rajani June 2017 to till date

Mr. Tamil Selvan Aug 2016 to till date

Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Feb 2017 to till date

Mr. S.S. Peter Sahay Aug 2016 to till date

Mr. Bala Subrahmanian May 2018 to tilldate

2. AQ

FAE Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Feb 2017 to till date

TM





Page 4 of 276









Involvement

1. AP


TM







2. AQ


TM





Page 4 of 276









Involvement

1. AP


TM







2. AQ


TM





of 276

Mr. Bala Subrahmanian May 2018 till date

3. WP


TM

Mr. Chengalvarayan Aug 2016 to till date




Mrs. Sheetal Jan 2018 to till date

Mr. Bala Subrahmanian May 2018 to till date

4. SHW


Mrs T. Rajani(HW) June 2017 to till date

TM Mrs T. Rajani June 2017 to till date

5. SE FAEMr. V. Dhivakar Aug 2016 to till date

Mr. A. Manoharan Aug 2016 to till date

6. EB

FAEMr. A. Manoharan Aug 2016 to till date

Dr. Rajkumar Samuel Aug 2016 to till date

TMMr. Tamil Selvan Aug 2016 to till date


7. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao Jan 2017 to till date

8. N

FAEMr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Aug 2016 to till date

Mr. N. Varadharajan Nov 2017 to till date

TM Mr. S.S. Peter Sahay Aug 2016 to till date


Page 5 of 276


3. WP


TM







4. SHW






6. EB






8. N





Page 5 of 276


3. WP


TM







4. SHW






6. EB






8. N





of 276

9. LU FAE Mr. N. Varadharajan Nov 2017 to till date

10. RH

FAE Dr. J R Moses Aug 2016 to till date

TM

Mr. Abhishek. Aug 2016 to till date



Mr. Bala Subrahmanian May 2018 totill date

11. SC FAE Mr. A. Manoharan Aug 2016 to till date

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and controlAQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and predictionWP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and controlSHW - Solid and hazardous waste managementSE - Socio-economicsEB - Ecology and biodiversityHG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservationN - Noise & VibrationLU - Land useRH - Risk assessment and hazards managementSC - Soil conservation


of 276

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 23

1.1 Project Back ground ............................................................................... 23

1.2 Overview of Satyadeepta PharmaceuticalsLtd................................................. 26

1.3 Purpose and Status of the Report ............................................................... 27

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & Its Importance to theCountry, Region ............................................................................................ 28

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project.................................................... 28

1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region...................... 30

1.6 Export possibility................................................................................... 30

1.7 EIA Study ............................................................................................ 30

1.8 EIA Cost.............................................................................................. 31

1.9 Scope of the study ................................................................................. 31

1.10 Objectives of the Study ........................................................................... 33

1.11 Methodology adopted for the Study............................................................. 33

1.12 Applicable Regulatory Framework............................................................... 33

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................. 37

2.1 Type of Project..................................................................................... 37

2.2 Need for the Project .............................................................................. 37

2.3 Site Location........................................................................................ 37

2.4 Existing Environmental Setup .................................................................... 41

2.5 Size or Magnitude Of Operation.................................................................. 42

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation .......................................... 42

2.7 Technology & Process Description............................................................... 43

2.8 Process Description ................................................................................ 43

2.9 Products Manufactured ........................................................................... 43

2.10 Detailed Manufacturing process description ................................................... 44

2.11 Raw Materials Requirement ...................................................................... 46

2.12 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of Final Products ................... 46

2.13 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products .............................................. 46

2.14 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in the Industry.................. 47

2.14.1 Solvent Recovery & Re-Use ................................................................. 47

2.14.2 Solvent Recovery System .................................................................... 48

2.15 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout, Components Of Project51


of 276

2.15.1 Project Layout, Components of Project................................................... 51

2.16 Resource Requirements ........................................................................... 56

2.16.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning ................................................ 56

2.16.2 Water Requirement .......................................................................... 56

2.16.3 Power and Fuel Requirement ............................................................... 59

2.16.4 Manpower Requirement ..................................................................... 59

2.17 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management....................................................... 59

2.17.1 Solid Waste Management .................................................................... 59

2.17.2 Hazardous waste Management.............................................................. 60

2.18 Infrastructure facilities ........................................................................... 61

2.19 Machinery & Equipment Details.................................................................. 61

2.20 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which Give Information Importantfor EIA Purpose ............................................................................................. 63

2.21 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to Meet theEnvironmental Standards ................................................................................. 64

2.21.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location ........................................... 64

2.22 Construction Phase ................................................................................ 65

2.22.1 Land Environment ............................................................................ 65

2.22.2 Air Environment............................................................................... 66

2.22.3 Water Environment........................................................................... 66

2.22.4 Noise Environment ........................................................................... 67

2.22.5 Waste Generation ............................................................................ 68

2.22.6 Ecology......................................................................................... 68

2.22.7 Social Environment ........................................................................... 68

2.23 OPERATION PHASE ................................................................................. 68

2.24 Land Environment.................................................................................. 69

2.24.1 Air Environment............................................................................... 70

2.24.2 Noise Environment ........................................................................... 72

2.24.3 Water Environment........................................................................... 73

2.24.4 Biological Environment ...................................................................... 76

2.24.5 Solid Waste Management .................................................................... 77

2.25 Assessment of New and untested technology for the risk of technological failure....... 77

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT................................................................... 79

3.1 Preamble ............................................................................................ 79

3.2 Study Area .......................................................................................... 79


of 276

3.3 Description of the Study Area .................................................................... 79

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive Areas ................................................. 82

3.5 Physical Conditions ................................................................................ 85

3.5.1 PIA District Profile............................................................................ 85

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions........................................................................... 85

3.5.3 Natural Resources of Bidar District ........................................................ 85

3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover ...................................................................... 88

3.5.5 Topography .................................................................................... 92

3.5.6 Geology of the PIA District .................................................................. 94

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District.............................................................. 94

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District ................................................................ 97

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District ............................................................ 98

3.5.10 Soils in PIA District .......................................................................... 100

3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District .................. 101

3.5.12 Seismicity..................................................................................... 102

3.6 Air Environment ................................................................................... 102

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions.................................................................. 103

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection............................................................ 103

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data................................... 103

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period............................................ 104

3.7 Site Specific Meteorological data during Study Period ...................................... 105

3.7.1 Atmospheric Inversion ...................................................................... 105

3.8 Ambient Air Quality............................................................................... 105

3.8.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ................................................. 106

3.8.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency........................... 108

3.9 Noise Environment................................................................................ 112

3.9.1 Results and Discussions ..................................................................... 114

3.9.2 Observations ................................................................................. 114

3.10 Water Environment ............................................................................... 115

3.10.1 Surface Water Resources ................................................................... 115

3.10.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment ........................................................ 115

3.10.3 Ground water resources .................................................................... 121

3.11 Soil as a Resource and its Quality .............................................................. 128

3.11.1 Soil quality.................................................................................... 128

3.11.2 Results and Discussions ..................................................................... 131


of 276

3.12 Biological Environment........................................................................... 131

3.12.1 Flora ........................................................................................... 131

3.12.2 Fauna.......................................................................................... 133

3.12.3 Mammals ...................................................................................... 133

3.12.4 Birds ........................................................................................... 134

3.13 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area....................................... 134

3.13.1 Socio Economic Aspects .................................................................... 134

3.13.2 Socio economic Profile of the study area ................................................ 135

3.13.3 Employment and Livelihood................................................................ 138

3.13.4 Education facilities.......................................................................... 141

3.13.5 Health Facilities within the study area................................................... 143

3.13.6 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within the Study Area.............. 143

3.13.7 Infrastructure within Study Area .......................................................... 146

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .................. 148

4.1 Introduction........................................................................................ 148

4.2 Construction Phase ............................................................................... 148

4.2.1 Land Environment ........................................................................... 148

4.2.2 Air Environment.............................................................................. 149

4.2.3 Water Environment.......................................................................... 150

4.2.4 Noise Environment .......................................................................... 150

4.2.5 Waste Generation ........................................................................... 151

4.2.6 Ecology........................................................................................ 151

4.2.7 Social Environment .......................................................................... 151

4.3 OPERATION PHASE ................................................................................ 151

4.3.1 Land Environment and Location........................................................... 152

4.3.2 Discharges on Land-Impact................................................................. 152

4.3.3 Air Environment.............................................................................. 152



4.3.6 Biological Environment ..................................................................... 162

4.3.7 Solid Waste Management ................................................................... 163

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES..................................................................... 165

5.1 Introduction........................................................................................ 165

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis ........................................................................... 165


of 276

5.3 Connectivity of the Project Site ................................................................ 165

5.4 Process Alternative ............................................................................... 165

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM..................................................... 167

6.1 Introduction........................................................................................ 167

6.2 Objectives.......................................................................................... 167

6.3 Environmental Management Plan During Construction Phase .............................. 168

6.4 Environmental Management Plan During Operation Phase.................................. 169

6.5 Post Project Environmental Monitoring........................................................ 169

6.6 Greenbelt Development Plan.................................................................... 170

6.7 Cost estimations for GreenBelt development................................................. 171

6.7.1 Existing Species: ............................................................................. 171

6.7.2 Proposed Species: ........................................................................... 172

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES.............................................................................. 174

7.1 Public Hearing ..................................................................................... 174

7.2 Disaster Management Plan....................................................................... 174

7.3 R&R ACTION PLANS ............................................................................... 174

7.4 Risk Assessment ................................................................................... 174

7.5 Copy of ToR Issued by SEIAA .................................................................... 175

7.6 ToR Compliance Report .......................................................................... 185

7.7 Hazard Identification and Safety System ...................................................... 199

7.8 Assessment Of Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan And Natural And CommunityResources Augmentation Plan........................................................................... 202

7.9 Enumerate the aspects of violation ............................................................ 203

7.10 Quantification of Damage Assessment ......................................................... 210

7.10.1 Air Environment.............................................................................. 210



7.10.4 Biological Environment ..................................................................... 210

7.10.5 Solid Waste ................................................................................... 211

7.11 Evaluation of Damage ............................................................................ 211

7.11.1 Air Pollution .................................................................................. 211

7.11.2 Water Pollution .............................................................................. 212

7.11.3 Noise Pollution ............................................................................... 212

7.11.4 Solid Waste ................................................................................... 213

7.12 Ecological Damage................................................................................ 213


of 276

7.7.2 Total Damage Assessment and Cost Details.............................................. 213

7.13 Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan and Cost.............................................. 215

7.14 Natural Resource Augmentation Plan .......................................................... 221

7.15 Community Augmentation Plan ................................................................. 224

8. PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................ 226

9. ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ................................................... 228

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................... 230

10.1 Introduction........................................................................................ 230

10.2 Objectives of EMP................................................................................. 230

10.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities.................................................................. 230

10.4 EMP for Construction Phase ..................................................................... 232

10.5 EMP for Operational Phase ...................................................................... 233

10.5.1 Air Quality .................................................................................... 233


10.5.3 Water and Wastewater Management ..................................................... 236

10.5.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................ 237

10.5.5 Land Environment ........................................................................... 238

10.5.6 Ecology........................................................................................ 238

10.5.7 Socio – Economic Environment............................................................. 238

10.6 Available Safety Systems......................................................................... 239

10.6.1 Fire Hydrant System......................................................................... 239

10.6.2 Fire Extinguisher............................................................................. 240

10.6.3 Emergency Equipments and PPEs ......................................................... 241

10.7 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments ............................................................. 244

10.7.1 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator .................................................... 245

10.8 Occupational Health Centre (OHC)............................................................. 245

10.8.1 First Aid Boxes ............................................................................... 245

10.9 Occupational Health And Safety Program ..................................................... 246

10.10 Construction Phase............................................................................. 247

10.11 Operation Phase ................................................................................ 247

10.12 Occupational Health Monitoring ............................................................. 247

10.13 Safety, Health and Environment Policy ..................................................... 248

10.14 Corporate Social Responsibility .............................................................. 249

10.15 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP) ................................. 249


of 276

11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION ........................................................................ 252

11.1 Background of the Project....................................................................... 252

11.2 Management Commitment....................................................................... 252

11.3 Environmental Sensitive Areas .................................................................. 252

11.4 Product Details .................................................................................... 255

11.5 Chronology Matrix of the project............................................................... 256

11.6 Categorization of the Project ................................................................... 258

11.7 Land Requirement ................................................................................ 258

11.8 Water Requirement............................................................................... 258

11.9 Wastewater Generation.......................................................................... 259

11.10 Power Requirement............................................................................ 260

11.11 Manpower ....................................................................................... 261

11.12 Municipal & Other Solid Waste ............................................................... 261

11.13 Hazardous waste Management ............................................................... 262

11.14 Analysis of Alternative Sites Considered .................................................... 263

11.15 Project cost ..................................................................................... 263

11.16 Baseline Study .................................................................................. 263

11.16.1 Meteorological Environment ............................................................ 263

11.16.2 Ambient Air Quality ...................................................................... 263

11.16.3 Noise Environment........................................................................ 264

11.16.4 Water Environment ....................................................................... 264

11.16.5 Land Environment ........................................................................ 264

11.16.6 Biological Environment................................................................... 265

11.17 Socio Economic Environment ................................................................. 265

11.18 Anticipated Environmental Impacts ......................................................... 265

11.18.1 Air Environment........................................................................... 265

11.18.2 Noise Environment........................................................................ 266

11.18.3 Land Use ................................................................................... 266

11.19 Environmental Monitoring Program.......................................................... 266

11.20 Pollution Control Measures ................................................................... 266

11.20.1 Fugitive emission ......................................................................... 267

11.20.2 Odour control.............................................................................. 267

11.21 Wastewater Management ..................................................................... 268

11.22 Solid/ Hazardous Waste Management ....................................................... 268

11.23 Greenbelt Development....................................................................... 268


of 276

11.24 Risk Analysis..................................................................................... 269

11.24.1 Risk Control Measures .................................................................... 270

11.25 Disaster Management Plan .................................................................... 270

11.26 On-Site Emergency Plan....................................................................... 270

11.27 Benefits of the Proposed Project ............................................................ 271

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ................................................................. 273

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS) ........................... 273

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS............................................................................ 274

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation.................................................................. 274


of 276

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity ............................................ 23Table 1-2Chronology Matrix of the project ............................................................. 25Table 1-3Project Summary................................................................................. 26Table 1-4 Site coordinates ................................................................................. 29Table 1-5 Project Site Salient Features (within the 15km radius) ................................. 29Table 1-6 Applicable Acts and Rules ..................................................................... 34Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km radius from the project site ............................ 41Table 2-2Nearest Human Settlement .................................................................... 42Table 2-3 Capital Investment of the proposed Expansion ........................................... 42Table 2-4Time schedule for completion of the proposed project.................................. 42Table 2-5 Existing & Proposed Products with Capacity............................................... 43Table 2-6 Details of Storage Quantities ................................................................. 46Table 2-7 Details of Storage facilities.................................................................... 46Table 2-8 Solvent Recovery and Re-use ................................................................. 47Table 2-9 Spent Carbon Recovery and Disposal........................................................ 50Table 2-10 Land Use Pattern .............................................................................. 53Table 2-11 Detailed Land Area Break-up-Existing Facility........................................... 53Table 2-12 Detailed Land Area Break-up for proposed expansion ................................. 54Table 2-13 Site Bearings.................................................................................... 56Table 2-14 Water Requirement Break-up for Existing & Proposed................................. 56Table 2-15 Power and Fuel Requirement ............................................................... 59Table 2-16 Manpower Requirement...................................................................... 59Table 2-17 Municipal Solid Waste During Construction Phase ...................................... 60Table 2-18 Municipal Solid Waste During Operation Phase .......................................... 60Table 2-19 Other Solid Waste during Operation Phase............................................... 60Table 2-20 Hazardous Waste Management.............................................................. 61Table 2-21 List of Machinery & Equipments-Existing ................................................. 61Table 2-22 List of Machinery & Equipments-Proposed ............................................... 62Table 2-23 Steam, Water requirement & Energy requirement ..................................... 63Table 2-24 Air Pollution Control Measures for Existing Unit ....................................... 70Table 2-25 Air Pollution Control Measures – After Expansion ....................................... 71Table 2-26 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal .................................. 75Table 2-27 Characteristics of Effluent Generated..................................................... 76Table 3-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary .............. 82Table 3-2 District land use/land cover statistics....................................................... 88Table 3-3 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10Km radius of the Study Area .................... 89Table 3-4 Climatological Summary – Bidar Region (1971-2000) .................................. 103Table 3-5 Meteorology Data for Study Period (March-May 2017)................................. 105Table 3-6 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations................................... 106Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters ............... 108Table 3-8: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants .................... 110Table 3-9: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels .................................................. 114Table 3-10: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters ................. 115Table 3-11: Details of Surface water sampling locations........................................... 116Table 3-12: Surface Water Monitoring Results ....................................................... 119


of 276

Table 3-13: Groundwater Potential in Humnabad Taluk as on 31st march 2009 .............. 121Table 3-14: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations............................... 123Table 3-15: Ground Water Monitoring Results ....................................................... 126Table 3-16: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ....................................................... 128Table 3-17: Soil Quality Monitoring Results .......................................................... 130Table 3-18: List of Flora Observed in the Study Area .............................................. 131Table 3-19: List of Fauna Reported/Observed in the Study Area ................................ 134Table 3-20: List of Birds Observed in the Study Area .............................................. 134Table 3-21: Bidar District Social Indicators .......................................................... 135Table 3-22: Demographic details of all the villages in the study area........................... 136Table 3-23: Workers group distribution in the study area......................................... 139Table 3-24: District literacy rate ....................................................................... 141Table 3-25: Literacy rate of the study area .......................................................... 141Table 3-26: Education Infrastructures in the Study area .......................................... 142Table 3-27: Details of Health Facilties in District and Project taluks ........................... 143Table 3-28: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the Study Area....... 144Table 3-29: State Highways in the Study Area ....................................................... 146Table 3-30: Total stretch of different roads in the district ....................................... 146Table 3-31: Summary of socioeconomic indicators of the study area ........................... 146Table 4-1Existing Stacks Emission Details............................................................. 154Table 4-2Proposed additional Stacks Emission Details ............................................. 154Table 4-3First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Particulate Matter ............................ 155Table 4-4 First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Sulphur Dioxide .............................. 156Table 4-5First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Nitrogen Oxides ............................... 157Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions............................. 158Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal .................................. 162Table 4-8: Characteristics of Effluent Generated ................................................... 162Table 5-1 Connectivity of the Project Site ........................................................... 165Table 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program ....................................... 170Table 7-1 Enumerate the aspects of violation ....................................................... 203Table 7-2 Quantification of Emissions ................................................................. 211Table 7-3 Penalty analysis of Air emissions........................................................... 211Table 7-4Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2005 to 2017 .................... 212Table 7-5 Penalty due to Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2008 to 2017............. 212Table 7-6 Noise pollution damage assessment ....................................................... 213Table 7-7 Details of Solid Waste generation from 2005 to 2017 ................................. 213Table 7-8 Penalty due to Solid Waste generation from 2008 to 2017........................... 213Table 7-9 Total Damage cost of the Project for 9 Years of violation ............................ 213Table 7-10 Capital Investment & Recurring Cost for Environmental Management Systems

for9Years of violation ............................................................................... 214Table 7-11Existing Environmental Cost and Environmental Damage cost details ............. 214Table 7-12 Total Cost Details............................................................................ 214Table 7-13 Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan and Cost ....................................... 215Table 7-14Natural Resource Augmentation measures and cost .................................. 221Table 7-15 Community Augmentation Plan ........................................................... 224Table 10-1EMC Responsibility ........................................................................... 231Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures of existing.............................................. 234


of 276

Table 10-3 Air Pollution Control Measures for after Expansion .................................. 234Table 10-4 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires ................................ 240Table 10-5 Different types Fire Extinguishers available at Existing Facility .................. 241Table 10-6 Description of the Emergency Equipments and PPEs ................................. 242Table 10-7 CSR plan for next five years, 2017 to 2021 ........................................... 249Table 10-8 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan .................................... 250Table 11-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary ........... 252Table 11-2 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity ........................................ 255Table 11-3Chronology Matrix of the project ......................................................... 257Table 11-4 Land use pattern of the project ......................................................... 258Table 11-5 Water Requirement Break-Up Details ................................................... 259Table 11-6 Details of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage)&Treatment.......... 260Table 11-7 Characteristics of Effluent Generated................................................... 260Table 11-8 Power and Fuel Requirement ............................................................. 260Table 11-9 Existing & Proposed Manpower Requirement .......................................... 261Table 11-10Municipal Solid Waste- Construction Phase............................................ 261Table 11-11Municipal Solid Waste- Operation Phase ............................................... 261Table 11-12Other Solid Wastes during Operation Phase ........................................... 262Table 11-13Hazardous Waste Generation &Management for Existing & Proposed............ 262Table 11-14Capital Investment for proposed project .............................................. 263Table 11-15Pollution Control Measures for Existing ................................................ 266Table 11-16 Air Pollution Control Measures – After Expansion ................................... 267


of 276

LIST OF FIGURESFigure 1-1Location map of the project Site ............................................................ 28Figure 2-1 Location map of the project site............................................................ 38Figure 2-2 Topo map of demarcation with Environmental Sensitive Areas with Distances ... 39Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery (10 km radius) of the projet site ............................ 40Figure 2-4 Google Image of the project site (5 km radius) .......................................... 40Figure 2-5 Google Imagery(10km radius) of project site with demarcation of industries ..... 41Figure 2-6General Activity Of The Project ............................................................. 45Figure 2-7 Typical solvent recovery system ............................................................ 49Figure 2-8 Project Site Layout ............................................................................ 52Figure 2-9 Existing Plant Photographs ................................................................... 55Figure 2-10 Photographs showing existing facilities within the facility........................... 55Figure 2-11 Water Balance Chart-Existing .............................................................. 57Figure 2-12 Water Balance Chart-Proposed ............................................................ 58Figure 2-13 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process ...................................... 64Figure 2-14 Waste Management Concept ............................................................... 77Figure 3-1 Satellite image of the study area of project .............................................. 80Figure 3-2 Topo Map of the Study Area ................................................................. 81Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas covering within the study area (15 Km radius) .... 84Figure 3-4 Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka...................................................... 87Figure 3-5 Land Use Pattern in the PIA District........................................................ 88Figure 3-6 Land Use Map of Bidar district............................................................... 89Figure 3-7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area........................................................ 90Figure 3-8 LULC map of the Study area ................................................................. 91Figure 3-9 Physical map of Karnataka state ............................................................ 92Figure 3-10 Contour map of project site................................................................ 93Figure 3-11Geology Map of PIA District.................................................................. 94Figure 3-12 Geomorphology pattern of study area ................................................... 95Figure 3-13 Geomorphology map of study area........................................................ 96Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district .......................................................... 98Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area ........................................................... 99Figure 3-16 Soil Map of Karnataka State .............................................................. 100Figure 3-17 Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka .......................................................... 101Figure 3-18 Seismicity Map of India .................................................................... 102Figure 3-19 Specific Windrose for the Study Period (March to May 2017) ..................... 104Figure 3-20 Hourly variation of the mixing heights ................................................. 105Figure 3-21 Map showing the ambient air quality monitoring locations ........................ 107Figure 3-22 Trends of Measured Ambient Air Pollutants Concentrations in the Study Area 112Figure 3-23: Map showing the noise monitoring locations......................................... 113Figure 3-24: Map showing the surface water monitoring locations .............................. 117Figure 3-25 Surface Water Sampling Photographs .................................................. 118Figure 3-26: Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District ................................ 122Figure 3-27: Status Water Depth ....................................................................... 123Figure 3-28 Map showing the ground water monitoring locations ............................... 124Figure 3-29 Groundwater sampling Photographs .................................................... 125Figure 3-30: Map showing the soil monitoring locations ........................................... 129Figure 3-31: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk....................................................... 141


of 276

Figure 4-1Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the StudyArea ..................................................................................................... 155

Figure 4-2Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area ............. 156Figure 4-3Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area .......... 157Figure 4-4Waste Management Concept................................................................ 163Figure 6-1 Existing greenbelt photographs around the project boundary...................... 172Figure 10-1Environmental Management Cell ......................................................... 231Figure 10-2Existing Fire hydrant photographs ....................................................... 240Figure 10-3 Emergency Organization Chart .......................................................... 246Figure 10-4 Safety, Health and Environment Policy ................................................ 248


of 276

List of Abbreviations

AAQ Ambient Air QualityAAQM Ambient Air Quality MonitoringAPC Air Pollution ControlATFD Agitated Thin Film DriyerBOD Biological Oxygen DemandCPCB Central Pollution Control BoardCSR Corporate Social ResponsibilityCOD Chemical Oxygen DemadCFE Consent for EstablishmentCFO Consent for OperationDMP Disaster Management PlanEC Environmental ClearanceEIA Environmental Impact AssessmentEMC Environmental Management CellEMP Environmental Management PlanETP Effluent Treatment PlantEAC Expert Appraisal CommitteeGLC Ground Level ConcentrationISO International Standard for OrganizationKSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control BoardkWh Kilowatt hourkVA kilo Volt AmpsMEE Multiple Effect EvaporatorMSDS Material Safety Data SheetNAAQ National Ambient Air QualityPCB Pollution Control BoardPCU Passenger Car UnitRA Risk AssessmentR & D Research & DevelopmentSTP Sewage Treatment PlantSDPL Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals LtdTDS Total Dissolved SolidsTOR Terms Of ReferenceTSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal FacilityTSS Total Suspended SolidsZLD Zero Liquid Discharge


of 276

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure No. Name of Annexure Page No

1 Existing EC 1- 4

2 Existing Consent to Establish 5-23

3 Existing Consent for Operation 24-81

4 KSPCB Consent for Operation Compliance report 82-93

5 Existing EC compliance report 94-102

6 Land possession certificate/Land documents 103-116

7 Material balance and process flow chart 117-369

8 Product’s MSDS 370-376

9 List of Raw materials 377-384

10 MSDS for raw materials 385-1069

11 Site layout with plant boundaries 1070

12 Bore well self declaration 1071

13 Existing water balance Chart 1072

14 Proposed water balance Chart 1073

15 KSPCB HWM authorization Letter 1074-1075

16 TSDF agreement 1076-1084

17 Project site Green belt layout 1085

18 Onsite emergency plan 1086-1115

19 Risk Analysis report 1116-1233

20 Project SOP for Occupational Health checkup Plan&Compliance 1234-1235

21 Proof of Existing Annual Health reports 1236-1255

22 Agreement with Co Processing/ KSPCB AuthorizedIncinerators 1256-1267

23 Proposed ZLD Scheme 1268-1287

24 Area wise Fire Extinguishers details 1288-1289

25 Self declaration for not using of Banned chemicals 1290-1297

26 AAQ Raw data 1298-1305Note : Annexure are provided as Sperate Book


of 276

CHAPTER – 1INTRODUCTION


of 276

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project Back ground

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL) is an existing project proposing the expansion ofproduction capacity Bulk drug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) &introducing new products & with facilities.The facility is situated at Plot. No: 101, A & B, 101Pl,100P4, Sy.No.219 & 223 of Gadavanthi Village, Humnabad KIADB Industrial area, HumnabadTaluk, Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530.

SDPL is currently manufacturing 6 products with a capacity of 348 MTPA. Enhancing theproduction capacity of 2 existing product’s from 84 MTPA to 216 MTPA. SDPL proposing 20 newproducts with a capacity of 476 MTPA & will remove 4 products having a capacity of 264 MTPAfrom existing products. After expansion, SDPL will produce 22 products with a capacity of 692MTPA (20 newproducts + 2 existingproducts). The existing and proposed products details areprovided in Table 1-1.

EC has already obtained for Ibuprofen vide EC (No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I), dt. 17/01/2005),Also obtained CFE (KSPCB/HPI/043/BULK DRUG/SATYADDPTHA/CFE/2010-11/280 DT01/01/2011) & CFO (PCB/138/HPI/2015-16/OB-1892 DT 19/01/2016, for all the existing productsand CFO was valid till 30/06/2016.

The Chronology Matrix of the company is provided in Table 1-2. The existing and proposedproducts details are provided inTable 1-1.The products categories are Bulkdrug Intermediates &Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs).

The total land area is 36421.7 Sq.mt(9.0 Acres). Sufficient area is available for the proposedexpansion.

Table 1-1 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity

S. No Existing ProductsCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed Total1 Ibuprofen 72 Removed 02 Gabapentin 48 -12 363 1 ACETYL 4-(4-HYDROXYPHENOL)PIPERZINE 96 Removed 0

4(1S, 4R) -4-(2-AMINO-6-CHLORO-5- FORMIDO-4-PYRIMIDINYL AMINO)-2- CYCLOPENTENE-1-METHANOL (AFC) intermediate Abacavir Sulphate

36 144 180

5 STAGE – II EFAVIREN intermediate for Efavirenz 60 Removed 0

6 (2S)-2-AMINO BUTANAMIDE HYDROCHLORIDE(ABH) 36 Removed 0

7 Abcavir Base 2 0 36 368 Amino Alcohol hydrochloride (AAHCl) 0 36 36

9 1(S) Benzyl-2(R) 3-epoxy propyl carbamic acid butylester (EPR) 0 24 24

10 T-Boc Hydrazine (Atzanavir Intermediate) TBH-2 0 24 24


of 276

11 (3R,3aS,6aR)-Hexahydrofuro-[2,3-b]-furan-3-yl-4-nitrophenyl carbonate (or) DAR-IIA 0 24 24

12 Boc epoxide (or) BOE-2 0 24 24

13 5-benzyl[(2s,3s)-4-chloro-3hydroxy-1-phenylbutane-2-yl]carbamate or ZOE-3 0 36 36

14(2S,3S,5S)-2-Amino-3-Hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydropyrmid-2-only)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1,6-diphenylhexane-S-pyro glutamate (Lopinavir Intermediate) THP

0 36 36

15 Piperdine sulfamoyl dimer (PSD) 0 12 1216 Piperdine sulfamoyl dimer (SLD-3) 0 12 12

17 (2S,4S)-1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(methoxymethyl)-L-proline (or) VEL-1 0 12 12

18Methyl 5-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)carbamoyl]-3-methoxy-4-oxo-1-(2-oxoethyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-2-carboxylate(or) DTS-3

0 24 24

19(2R,3S/2S,3R0-3-(4-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-6-yl)-2-(2,4difluorophenyl)-1-(1H-1,2,4-trizol-l-yl)butan-2-olHydrochloride (Chloro Voriconazole Intermediate) VRN

0 12 12

20

[1-[[[(1R)-1-[3-[(E)-2(7-Chloroquinolin-2yl)ethenyl]phenyl]-3-[2-(1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)phenyl]propyl]sulfanyl]methyl] Cyclopropyl]aceticacid.dicyclohexylamine salt (Montelukast sodiumIntermdiate) MOS

0 12 12

21 Intermediate stage of Zofenopril Calcium (ZFC) 0 24 2422 Hydroxy amide hydrochloride (BOI) 0 6 6

23 2-Nitro-5-Chloro Acetanilide (Febental Intermediate)DM-1 0 24 24

24 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine HCl (TrazadonIntermediate) TRZ 0 72 72

25 Hexahydrofuro[2,3-b]furan-3-ol (or) BIS-IV 0 24 2426 R & D Products 0 2 2

Total 348 620 692Note:

1. Production enhancement for 2 products ( serial no 2 &4) : 216 MTPA2. Removed 4 products( serial no 1, 3, 5 & 6) : 264 MTPA3. Added 20 products ( serial no 7 to 26) : 476 MTPA4. After expansion total 22 products : 692 MTPA


of 276

Table 1-2Chronology Matrix of the projectOwnership

details Year Products EC CFE CFO Remarks

M/s.SatyadeepthaPharmaceuticalsLtd (SDPL)

1995S. No Name T/M

1 Ibuprofen 6 T/M Not obtained Not obtained 5/kspcb/ro(g)/bdr/sr/5/95-96/637dt25.08.1995

2002-2005

1 Ibuprofen 24 T/M Obtained on dated17/01/2005 by MOEF New

DelhiNo. J-11011/123/2004-IA-

II(I)

KSPCB/CFE-CELL/DEO/AEO-

2/SPL/EIA-59/2002-2003/246 Dt 13/11/2002

KSPCB/WPC/SATYADEEPTHA/TC/17-CAT/AEO/2002-2003/471 DT

30/08/2002 &KSBCB/RO(BDR)/WPC/INR

100110/2004-2005/2516

2 Natural extras 0.5T/M

Total 24.5 T/M

2008

1 Ibuprofen 6 T/M

Only Ibuprofen is ECProduct,

No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I).

CFE-CELL/SDPL/EIA-28/2007-2008/211 DT

04/03/2008PCB138HPI07/2008-2009/362 DT

05/07/2008

2 Gabapentin 4 T/M

3 5-Boromopthahide 3 T/M

4 1-Actyle 4-(4-hydroxy phenol) 8 T/M

5 Dl ester 25 T/M

Total 46 T/M

2011 - 2016

1 Ibuprofen 6 T/M


No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I).

KSPCB/HPI/043/BULKDRUG/SATYADDPTHA/C

FE/2010-11/280 DT01/01/2011

PCB/138/HPI/2015-16/OB-1892 DT19/01/2016.

Valid: 30/06/2016.

2 Gabapentin 4 T/M


4 AFC(intermediate abcavirsulphate 3 T/M

5 Stage-2 efavirenz internediate forefavirenz 5 T/M

6 (2s)-2-amino butanamidehydrochloride (ABH) 3 T/M

Total 29 T/M

2016-18 22 Products 692 T/AToR file No. SEIAA/F.No-SEIAA 48 IND 2016 dated

09.01.2017.Issued by KSEIAA

Present proceedingwith HECS


of 276

1.2 Overview of Satyadeepta PharmaceuticalsLtd

M/s.Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL) is a private company ltd. established in the year1994 by Sri. Dr. S. Ramakrishna and his family members. Dr Ramakrishna is doctorate in organicchemistry having lot of interest to establish drug industry. The unit started the commercialproduction in the year 1995 from then onwards successfully running since the last 22 years bymanufacturing bulk drugs and its intermediates.The company has made an agreement with M/s.Mylan ltd as its contract manufacturing unit. With the help of the Mylan the company grown in to aGMP plant and expecting to become an US FDA plant by 2018. The company also having thegood commercial relationship with other multinational industry likes Cipla ltd, Acebright pvt ltd andNicolas Piramal. The proposed products are all the upcoming generation drug intermediates thoseare going to be commercial in very near future and the technology and the marketing will besupported by M/s Mylan Ltd who is our partner in the development.

SDPL corporate office is located at Flat No.3-6-536, Raja Residency, 3-6-536, Rd.No. 7, HimayatNagar, Hyderabad – 500029, Telangana State.

Due to market demand SDPL proposes expansion of production capacity by introducing newproducts and some facility expansion.

The company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The company hasimplemented zero liquid discharge concepts and complied the environmental laws. The industryhas maintained greenery inside the industry & maintained well developed Greenbelt.

Project overview is provided in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3Project SummaryS. No Description Existing After Expansion

1 Products (Nos) 6 22

2 Quantity (MTPA) 348 692

3 Project land (Acres) 9.0 9.0

4 Land coverage area (Sq. m) 13950.06 15347.87

5 Water consumption (KLD)Source: Borewells/ Private tankers 39.3 165.0

6 Ind. effluent generation(KLD)

19.2HTDS: 11.6LTDS: 7.6

Total: 95HTDS: 79LTDS:16

7 Sewage (KLD) 2.5 9.0

8 Septic Tank/SewageTreatment Plant Septic tank followed by soakpit Combined Biological

ETP with ZLD concept(100 KLD Capacity)9 ETP (KLD) Primary treatment followed by

MEE10 MEE Capacity (KLD) 30 125

11 Power Requirement 1500 1500


of 276

GESCOM (KEB) –kVA

12 DG (kVA)1x3801x750=1130

2x3801x750=1510

13 Boiler (TPH) Coal/Briquette 1x4TPH 1x7TPH(1x4TPHCoal/Briquette-standby)

14 Diesel Requirement(Ltrs/day) 300 500

15 Boiler Fuel (TPD) Coal: 8 orBriquette: 10

Coal: 23 orBriquette: 30

16 Thermicfluid heater(Kcal/hr) 1x 100000 1x 100000

17 Manpower (Nos) 110 210

18 Project cost (Crores) 62.29 71.29

1.3 Purpose and Status of the Report

The project is manufacturing of Bulkdrug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients(APIs).EC(No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I), dated 17/01/2005 from MOEF New Delhi) has beenobtained for one of the existing products namely, Ibuprofen, which is eclosed as Annexure -1.Remaining existing products do not have environmental clearance, CFE (KSPCB/HPI/043/BULKDRUG/SATYADDPTHA/CFE/2010-11/280 DT 01/01/2011) & CFO (PCB/138/HPI/2015-16/OB-1892 DT 19/01/2016,Valid: 30/06/2016) are also obtainedfor all the existing products, which areenclosed as Annexure-2 & Annexure-3 respectively, The project summary is given in Table 1-3.The Chronology matrix of project is summarized in Table 1-2. CFO conditions compliancesubmitted to KSPCB is enclosed as Annexure-4. Existing EC conditions compliance reportcertified by RO MoEF&CC, Bengaluru is enclosed as Annexure- 5. So, this proposal is to obtainEC for both the existing and new products together. The existing and proposed products details areprovided in Table 1-1.

The Proposed Project is termed under Schedule 5 (f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals asper the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments.

SDPL does not have EC for all the existing CFO products and requires prior EnvironmentalClearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Karnataka beforecommencing onsite activities the application along with relevant project documents were submittedto SEIAA, Karnataka on 28.10.2016. Based on the information furnished and the presentationmade before the State Expert Appraisal Committee Members, the proposal was appraised in the173rd SEAC meeting held on 18.11.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference (TOR) forpreparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F.No- SEIAA 48IND 2016 dated 09.01.2017.

As per the voilation gazette notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka SEIAAhas recommended to EAC, MoEF & CC. The ToR application submitted at MoEF&CC videIA/KA/IND2/68209/2017 dated 09th Sep 2017.


of 276

Now, As per MoEF&CC gazette notification no. S.O.804 (E) dated 14th March, 2017 and itssubsequent amended gazette Notification No. S.O. 1030 (E) dated 8th March 2018 and OM F. No.Z-11013/22/2017-IA.II (M) dated 15th March 2018 & 16th March 2018, MoEF&CC directed toappraise in SEAC/SEIAA. The same application submitted to Karnataka SEAC on 13th April 2018vides proposal number SIA/KA/IND2/23406/2018. Proposal considered in 199th Karnataka SEACmeeting held on 2nd June 2018. Based on the information furnished KSEIAA had issued the Termsof Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide F. No.SEIAA 26 IND (VIOL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018.

1.4 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & ItsImportance to the Country, Region

1.4.1 Nature, Size & Location of the Project

The project site is situated at Plot. No: 101, A & B, 101P1, 100P4, IDA, KIADB IndustrialareaHumnabad- 585 530. The project site falls in the SOI toposheet No. 56G-01&02 and liesbetween the Latitude: 17° 45.949'N; Longitude: 77° 5.634'E. All corners GPS readings of theproject site are given in Table 1-4.The location of the project site is appended in Figure 1-1. Thepresent land use is industrial. The land possession certificate from KIADB is enclosed asAnnexure-6.The project salient Features are represented in the followingTable 1-4.

Figure 1-1Location map of the project Site

N


of 276

Table 1-4 Site coordinatesS. No Corner Point Site Co-ordinates

1 1. 17° 45' 51. 63" N, 77° 5' 42. 94" E2 2. 17° 45' 50. 31" N, 77° 5' 41. 77" E3 3. 17° 45' 55. 94" N, 77° 5' 33. 80" E4 4. 17° 46' 0. 26"N, 77° 5' 37. 30" E5 5. 17° 45' 57. 29" N, 77° 5' 41. 56" E6 6. 17° 45' 54. 46" N, 77° 5' 39. 61" E

Table 1-5 Project Site Salient Features (within the 15km radius)S

.NoFeatures Description

1 Name of the Project Expansion of Bulk drug Intermediates , Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients(APIs)

2 ProposedDevelopment/Change Total Existing 6 Products, 348 MTPA

Dropped products 4 Products, 264 MTPAExisting productsproduction expansion 2 Products, 84 to 216 MTPA

New Products 20 Products, 476 MTPA.Total ProposedProducts 22 Products, 692 MTPA

3 Total Land Area of the ProjectSite

The Plant facilities are spread over 36421.7 Sq. mt (9 Acres),which iscompletely fortified and protected on all four sides by boundary walls. This landhas been allotted by KIADB in the Industrial area.

4 Geographical Location of theProject site

Village: Gadavanthi, Humnabad Taluk, District: Bidar, &State: Karnataka-585530.Centre Coordinates:Latitude: 17°45.949'N;Longitude: 77°5.634'E

5 Elevation ~640 m above MSL6 Nearest Villages S.No Villages Distance in ~km Direction Population

(Censes 2011)1 Humnabad 2.50 ENE 44,4832 Kathalli 4.12 SSE 1,4433 Molkhera 3.20 NE 2,8514 Gadwanti 2.15 NNE 4,1945 Maniknagar 2.50 NNE 2,3626 Dhumansur 4.00 NNE 3,875

7 Nearest Railway station Humnabad railway station ~ 4.8km(NE)8 Nearest Highway NH-218 (Bijapur-Gulbarga-Homnabad) ~20m, SSE.

NH 65 (Mumbai Hwy)- 0.5km (NE)9 Nearest Airport Bidar Airport is about ~41.82km towards (NE)10 Nearest major Town Bidar – ~45.0Km, NE11 Nearest Port Mumbai Port is about ~470 km(WNW)12 Reserved Forest/Protected

Forest/Notified WildlifeSanctuary/Ecologicallysensitive areas

S.No Name Dist. (~Km) Dir.

1 Hudgi RF 10.11 ESE


of 276

2 Bilkhera RF 13.81 ESE

3 RF near Kallur Tanda 4.34 S

4 Reserved Forest 6.46 SW

5 Reserved Forest 11.23 WNW

6 RF near Niragudi 14.59 WSW

7 RF near Todala Tanda 10.52 NW

8 Reserved Forest 13.74 NE

9 Rampura RF 13.5 SE

10 Reserved Forest 14.24 SE13 Water Bodies S.No Name Dist. (~Km) Dir.

1 Chandri Halla 1.12 N

2 Dodda Halla 10.18 E

4 Mullahmari Reservoir 9.97 SW

5 Mullahmari bank Canal 10.92 SSW

6 Mullahmari River 13.28 WSW14 Defence installations Nil

1.5 Need for the Project and Its Importance to the Country and/Region

India with its large talented manpower, cost effective chemical synthesis, legal & financialframework is poised to become sourcing destination of Bulk drug Intermediates & ActivePharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) to the global market.

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume and contributes10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, theIndian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includes domestic sales and exports.According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sector employs about 340,000 persons andan estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemists are serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the Market Demand M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Pvt Ltd (SDPL) proposes theexpansion of production capacity of Bulkdrug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredientsby introducing new products.

1.6 Export possibility

From the market survey, the selected productsare found to have potential demand in export as wellas domestic market.

1.7 EIA Study

SDPL as a part of the compliance to the regulatory requirement i.e., to obtain EnvironmentalClearance from SEIAA, Karnataka has appointed Environmental Consultants who is accredited by


of 276

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET)-Quality Council of India (QCI),New Delhi.

The work of undertaking field studies and preparation of Form- 1, PFR, EIA/EMP report under 5(f)Schedule category ‘B’ has been assigned to M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd., Chennai bythe project proponent. HECS has been accredited by the National Accreditation Board forEducation & Training (NABET), Quality Council of India for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry(Dyes & dye Intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; syntheticrubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) ofSchedule 5 (f) vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1618/RA0083, valid up to 13.10.2019.

1.8 EIA Cost

EIA study was undertaken by HECS for an amount of Rs7.0 Lakhs.The base line monitoring wasan additional cost of Rs. 3.5 lakhs, which was done by our lab Mangalore, MoEF&CC accreditedlaboratory.

1.9 Scope of the study

The scope of the study has been based on EIA notification 2006, APPENDIX III Generic Structureof Environmental Impact Assessment Document. Work mentioned includes an assessment studyof proposed Bulk drug Intermediates & Pharmaceutical manufacturing unit and their impact on theregion. This study puts forward the most effective ways to protect the environment from increasingpollution caused by the burgeoning industrial development and recommendations forenvironmental-friendly development initiatives in the region. An Environmental Impact Assessment(EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whether positive or negative, that a proposedproject may have on the environment, together consisting of the natural, social and economicaspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to the project activities.

This EIA report presents the existing baseline scenario and the assessment and evaluation of theenvironmental impacts that may rise during the construction and operational phases of the project.This report also highlights the Environmental Monitoring Program during the construction andoperation phases of the project and the post project monitoring program. In terms of the EIANotification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent amendments the genericstructure of the EIA document will be as under:

Chapter 1: Introduction

Introductory information is presented in this Chapter. The introduction chapter provides backgroundto the project, project proponent and describes the objective of this document. The purpose andorganization of the report is also presented in this chapter.

Chapter 2: Project Description

This Chapter includes Project Description and Infrastructure Facilities delineating all the industrialand environmental aspect of the industry of M/s. Styadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Construction andoperation phases activities as well as process details of proposed products.


of 276

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This Chapter provides baseline environmental status of Environmental Components (Primary data)delineating meteorological details of the project site and surrounding area.

Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

This Chapter presents the analysis of impacts on the environmental and social aspects of theproject as a result of establishment of plan and thereby suggesting the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Sites)

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from Environmental pointof view as well as from economic point of view so that the technology will be affordable to themember units of the industrial area.

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter will include the technical aspects of monitoring, the effectiveness of mitigationmeasures which will include the measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis,reporting schedules etc.,

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter will detail about the Public Consultation sought regarding the project (if applicable). Itwill also identify the risks of the Project in relation to the general public and the surroundingenvironment during construction and operation phases of the plant and thereby presents DisasterManagement Plan. Social impact assessment and R&R action plans and any other studies carriedout for the project as specified in the ToR..

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter deals with improvement in physical and social infrastructures, employment potentialand other tangible benefits.

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefits Analysis

Not recommended during scoping

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

This is the key Chapter of the report and presents the mitigation plan, covers the institutional andmonitoring requirements to implement environmental mitigation measures and to assess theiradequacy during project implementation.

Chapter 11: Summary and Conclusion


of 276

This chapter summarizes the information given in Chapters in this EIA/EMP report and theconclusion based on the environmental study, impact identification, mitigation measures and theenvironmental management plan.

Chapter 12: Disclosure of the Consultant

Names of consultants engaged in the preparation of the EIA/EMP report along with their briefresume and nature of Consultancy rendered are included in this Chapter.

1.10 Objectives of the Study

To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated intothe development decision-making process.

To anticipate and avoid, minimize or off-set the adverse significant biophysical, socialand other relevant effects of the above project proposal.

To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processeswhich maintain their respective functions

To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well asmanagement opportunities.

To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the same.

The major objective of this study is to prepare a detailed Environmental ImpactAssessment Study within the study area i.e 10 km radius from the project.

1.11 Methodology adopted for the Study

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the possible impact, whetherpositive or negative, that a proposed project may have on the environment, together consisting ofthe natural, social and economic aspects, i.e., aiming at “Sustainable Development” due to theproject activities.

1.12 Applicable Regulatory Framework

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:1. Study of project information.2. Screening & Scoping.3. Environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of TOR.4. Collection of detailed project management plan/report.5. Baseline data collection.6. Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation.7. Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP.8. Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan.9. Review & Finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements.10. Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well as

necessary clearances from relevant Authority.


of 276

The following Acts and Rules are applicable to the proposed project:

The details of Acts and Rules with applicability to the proposed project are given in

Table 1-6.

Table 1-6 Applicable Acts and RulesS.No Act and Rules

applicable Purpose Objective Applicability

1. EIA Notification 2006and its amendments.

New projects,Expansionmodernization,change in productmix of the existingproject

Protection andImprovement of theEnvironment

As the proposal is for new projectscheduled under category 5(f)& 5(b), Environmental clearance fromMinistry of Environment, Forest &Climate Change is applicable.

2.

The Manufacture,Storage and Import ofHazardous ChemicalsRules, 1989 and itsamendments

Handling ofHazardousChemicals

Regulate themanufacture, storageand import ofHazardous Chemicals

Preparation/ update of On-siteEmergency Preparedness Planand submission to Factoryinspectorate.Preparation/ update of SafetyReport and submit to Factoryinspectorate.Preparation of Material SafetyData Sheet.

3.

The Water(Prevention andControl of Pollution)Act, 1974 and itsamendments.

New projects,Expansionmodernization,change of productmix of the existingproject, Existingplants

Prevention, controland abatement ofwater pollution

Consent to Establish and Consentto Operate from State PollutionControl Board to be obtained forexpansion and new product

4.The Air (Preventionand Control ofPollution) Act, 1981and its amendments.

New projects,Expansion/modernization,change of productmix of the existingproject, Existingindustries

Prevention, controland abatement of airpollution

Consent to Establish and Consentto Operate from State PollutionControl Board to be obtained forexpansion and new product

5.

The Hazardous andother waste(Management,Handling andTransboundaryMovement Rules)2016 and itsamendments.

Management,Handling andTransboundaryMovement ofHazardous waste

Prevention, Controland abatement ofpollution

Hazardous waste Authorizationfrom State Pollution Control Boardto be obtained

6.The solid WasteManagement Rules,2016

Management ofsolid (non-harzadous) wasteas per theprovisions of theRule

Prevention control andresource conservation

Solid waste authorization fromSPCB. Proper collection,segregation and disposal as perRules


of 276

S.No Act and Rulesapplicable Purpose Objective Applicability

7.The Environmental(Protection)Act,1986and its Amendments

New projects,Expansion/modernization change ofproduct mix of theexisting project,Existing industries

Protection andImprovement of theEnvironment

Environmental Standards asspecified are to be complied.Submission of EnvironmentStatement on yearly basis to PCB

8.The Noise Pollution(Regulation andControl) Rules, 2000


To protect the workersand public from noiserelated problems

Noise control measure.Comply with Noise standards andsubmission of monthly report toPCB

9.The Factories Act1948 and itsamendments.


Control of workplaceenvironment, andproviding for goodhealth and safety ofworkers

Factory License from Factoryinspectorate.

10. The Explosive Act,1884


Production, Storageand import ofexplosive substance inand around the projectand provides theregulations for thesafety andenvironmentalmeasures

Safety measures have to becompiled for the storage ofchemicals in the plant as perPESO guidelines.

11. The Indian Boiler Act,1923


Boiler act contain thelaw related toregistration andinspection is steamboiler

The Act is applicable to all Boiler(Water tube and fire tube boilers)

12. The Central MotorVehicle Act, 1988


Check the pollutionload of vehicles insidethe plant

Adequate environmental measuresare put in place to check thevehicular emissions.


CHAPTER – 2PROJECT DESCRIPTION


of 276

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of Project

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL) is an existing manufacturing unit of Bulkdrug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs). SDPL is currentlymanufacturing 6 products with production capacity of 348 MTPA. Enhancing the productioncapacity of 2 existing products from 84 MTPA to 216 MTPA. SDPL proposing 20 newproducts with a capacity of 476 MTPA & will remove 4 products having a capacity of 264MTPA from existing products. After expansion, SDPL will produce 22 products with capacityof 692 MTPA (20 new products and 2 existing). The existing and proposed products detailsare provided in Table 1-1.

2.2 Need for the Project

India with its large talented manpower, cost effective chemical synthesis, legal & financialframework is poised to become sourcing destination of Bulk drug Intermediates & ActivePharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) to the global market.

The pharmaceutical industry in India ranks third in the world in terms of volume andcontributes 10% to the global pharmaceutical production. According to the Department ofPharmaceuticals, the Indian pharmaceutical industry is pegged at Rs 810 bn, which includesdomestic sales and exports. According to the Department of Pharmaceuticals, the sectoremploys about 340,000 persons and an estimated 400,000 doctors and 300,000 chemistsare serving its 1 bn-plus market.

In line with the Market Demand M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Pvt Ltd (SDPL)proposes the expansion of production capacity of Bulkdrug Intermediates & ActivePharmaceutical Ingredients by introducing new products.

2.3 Site Location

The project site is situated at Plot. No: 101, A & B, 101P1, 100P4, Sy.No.219 & 223, IDA,KIADB Industrial area, Humnabad- 585 530. The project site falls in the SOI toposheet No.56G-01&02 and lies between the Latitude: 17° 45.949'N; Longitude: 77° 5.634'E. TheLocation map of the project site is appended in Figure 2-1.

The Environmental Sensitive areas demarcated topo map with Distances within 15Km radiusis appended in the Figure 2-2. The Google satellite imageries covering 10 Kmradius aroundthe project area & 5 km radius google imageare appended the Figure 2-3 to Figure 2-5respectively.


of 276

Figure 2-1 Location map of the project site

N


of 276

Figure 2-2 Topo map of demarcation with Environmental Sensitive Areas with Distanceswithin 15Km radius


of 276

Figure 2-3 Google Satellite Imagery (10 km radius) of the projet site

Figure 2-4 Google Image of the project site (5 km radius)


Page 40 of 276




Page 40 of 276




of 276

Figure 2-5 Google Imagery(10km radius) of project site with demarcation of industries

2.4 Existing Environmental Setup

Industries: The list of existing industries within 10 km radius from the project site is giveninFigure 2-5.

Table 2-1 List of Industries within 10km radius from the project site

S. No. Name Industrytype

Distance fromsite (~mt)

1 Rchem P Ltd Chemicals 50

2 Khatriya Laboratories Ltd Chemicals 500

3 Rajeswari Dal Mill Dal mill 300

4 Akshara Chemicals Chemicals 200

5 Khaja Steel Industries Steel 300

6 Rawa Industry Chemilcals 500

7 SV Organics Industry Organic 300

8 Amar Distillary Bottling 150

9 Hyderabad Chemicals Ltd Chemicals 2000

10 Laxmi Durga Chemicals Chemicals 1500

11 GPR Life Scicences Chemicals 1000


of 276

Nearest Human Settlement: The details of nearest human settlement from the project Siteis provided in Table 2-2.

Table 2-2Nearest Human Settlement

S.No Villages Distance (~km) Direction Population(Censes 2011)

1 Humnabad 2.50 ENE 44,4832 Kathalli 4.12 SSE 1,4433 Molkhera 3.20 NE 2,8514 Gadwanti 2.15 NNE 4,1945 Maniknagar 2.50 NNE 2,3626 Dhumansur 4.00 NNE 3,875

2.5 Size or Magnitude Of Operation

SDPL is currently manufacturing 6 products with a capacity of 348 MTPA. Enhancing the production capacity of 2 existing product’s from 84 MTPA to 216 MTPA Removal or dropped products is 4 nos of products (264 MTPA). New products 20 Noswith a capacity of 476 MTPA.

After expansion, SDPL will produce 22 products with a capacity of 692 MTPA (20 newproducts & 2 existing). Also, additionally proposes expansion of existing facilities viz building,equipments etc. The existing and proposed products details are provided in Table 1-1.Thetotal capital investment for proposed expansion project is INR 9.0 Crores and break up ofcost details are detailed in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3 Capital Investment of the proposed ExpansionS. No. Cost INR (Crores)

1. Building 2.02. Plant and Machineries 4.03. Environmental Managemental Plan 3.0

Total 9.0

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval & Implementation

The time schedule for completion of the proposed project is given in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4Time schedule for completion of the proposed projectS. No Particulars Time schedule

1 Approval Dec 20182 Civil works March 20193 Erection & installation of machinery May 20194 Completion July 2019


of 276

2.7 Technology & Process Description

2.8 Process Description

This section deals with raw materials requirement, process, material balance and solventrecovery etc.,

2.9 Products Manufactured

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL) is an existing unit proposing the expansionof production capacity of Bulk drug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients(APIs) of 348 MTPA to 692 MPTA and also introducing new products (20 Nos). Also,additionally proposes expansion of existing facilities viz building, equipments etc. Afterexpansion, SDPL will produce 22 products with capacity of 692 MTPA ( New products 20Nos and Existing 2 nos). The existing andproposed products details are provided in Table1-1.

EC has already obtained for Ibuprofen, EC is eclosed as Annexure-1. Remaining existingproducts do not have environmental clearance, but CFE & CFO are obtained for all theexisting products, which are enclosed as Annexure-2 & Annexure-3 respectively. ExistingCFOconditions compliance report submitted to KSPCB is enclosed as Annexure-4. ECconditions compliance reportcertified by RO MoEF&CC (Bengaluru), is also enclosed asAnnexure-5.

Table 2-5 Existing & Proposed Products with Capacity

S.No Existing ProductsCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed Total1 Ibuprofen 72 Removed 02 Gabapentin 48 -12 363 1 Acetyl 4-(4-Hydroxyphenol)Piperzine 96 Removed 0

4(1s, 4r) -4-(2-Amino-6-Chloro-5- Formido-4-Pyrimidinyl Amino)-2- Cyclopentene-1- Methanol(Afc) intermediate Abacavir Sulphate

36 144 180

5 STAGE – II EFAVIREN intermediate for Efavirenz 60 Removed 06 (2s)-2-Amino Butanamide Hydrochloride (Abh) 36 Removed 07 Abcavir Base 2 0 36 368 Amino Alcohol hydrochloride (AAHCl) 0 36 36

9 1(S) Benzyl-2(R) 3-epoxy propyl carbamic acidbutyl ester (EPR) 0 24 24





14 (2S,3S,5S)-2-Amino-3-Hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydropyrmid-2-only)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1,6- 0 36 36


of 276

diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (LopinavirIntermediate) THP

15 Piperdine sulfamoyl dimer (PSD) 0 12 1216 Piperdine sulfamoyl dimer (SLD-3) 0 12 12


18Methyl 5-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)carbamoyl]-3-methoxy-4-oxo-1-(2-oxoethyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-2-carboxylate (or) DTS-3

0 24 24

19(2R,3S/2S,3R0-3-(4-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-6-yl)-2-(2,4difluorophenyl)-1-(1H-1,2,4-trizol-l-yl)butan-2-ol Hydrochloride (Chloro VoriconazoleIntermediate) VRN

0 12 12

20

[1-[[[(1R)-1-[3-[(E)-2(7-Chloroquinolin-2yl)ethenyl]phenyl]-3-[2-(1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)phenyl]propyl]sulfanyl]methyl]Cyclopropyl]acetic acid.dicyclohexylamine salt(Montelukast sodium Intermdiate) MOS

0 12 12


23 2-Nitro-5-Chloro Acetanilide (FebentalIntermediate) DM-1 0 24 24

24 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine HCl (TrazadonIntermediate) TRZ 0 72 72



1. Production enhancement for 2 products ( serial no 2 &4) : 216 MTPA2. Removed 4 products( serial no 1, 3, 5 & 6) : 264 MTPA3. Added 20 products ( serial no 7 to 26) : 476 MTPA4. After expansion total 22 products : 692 MTPA

2.10 Detailed Manufacturing process description

The general activity of the project is shown in Figure 2-18.

.


of 276

Figure 2-6General Activity Of The Project

The manufacturing process for existing and proposed products is described withstoichiometric equation, material balance and process flow charts in Annexure-7. ProductMSDS is provided in Annexure-8.

Safety Measures Proposed for HydrogenationProcess:

1. PLC based process controls and operation of plant is adopted.2. FLP type area will is provided.3. Total enclosed process system.4. Instrument & Plant Air System.5. Nitrogen blanketing in Hydrogenation reactor.6. Safety valve and Rupture disc provided on reactor.7. Cooling, Chilling and power alternative arrangement have been made on reactor.8. Hydrogen and Nitrogen Cylinder bank away from the autoclave reactor.9. PRV station with shut off valve, safety valve provision will be made for

hydrogenation reaction safety .


Page 45 of 276







Page 45 of 276







of 276

10. Before Hydrogen Gas charging in to reactor and after completion of react ionNitrogen flushing is done .

11. Flame arrestoris provided on vent line of reactor and is extended upto roof level.12. Safe catalyst charging method is adopted.13. SOP is prepared and operatorsare trained for the same .14. Static earthing and electric earthing (Double) provided.15. Rector vent extended outside the process area and flame arrest or provided on

vent line.16. Dumping vessel arrangement is made.17. Jumper for static earthing on pipeline flanges of flammable chemical is be provided.

2.11 Raw Materials Requirement

The list of raw material for all the proposed products is provided in Annexure-9. MSDS ofthe raw materials are given in Annexure-10.

2.12 Source of Supply of Raw Materials & Marketing Area of FinalProducts

The raw materials are either obtained from local suppliers (Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka,Telengana and Andhra Pradesh etc.) or imported (from China etc.) & transportation mode isby air, road & sea.

2.13 Storage Facility for Raw Materials and Products

Adequate storage facilities with optimum inventories are provided for the raw materials andproducts. The raw materials, products and others storage quantities and facility capacitiesare given in Table 2-6 & Table 2-7 respectivily.

Table 2-6 Details of Storage Quantities

S. No Item Storage Capacity (MT)Existing Proposed Total

1 Raw materials 100 100 2002 Hazardous raw material 3 10 133 Solvents 75 600 6754 Products Storage 29 11 40

Total 207 721 928

Table 2-7 Details of Storage facilities

S. No Item Storage Capacity (Sq.m)Existing Proposed After Expansion

1 Raw materials 271 3700 39712 Hazardous raw material 100 300 4003 Solvents 83.6 83.6 6904 Products Storage 500 1000 1500


of 276

2.14 Resource Optimization/Recycling and Re-Use Envisaged in theIndustry

2.14.1 Solvent Recovery & Re-Use

Solvents do not contribute to the effectiveness of the drug, with the exception of forming thedesired solvate in the final product. However, solvents play an essential role in chemicalprocessing for controlling the reaction rate, facilitating heat and mass transfer and enablingproduct separation and purification, which cannot be replaced easily with other alternatives.

Various solvents are used during the process of manufacture of the proposed products. Thesolvents are proposed to be recovered and recycled during the process of manufacture ofeach product are detailed in Table 2-8.

Table 2-8 Solvent Recovery and Re-use

S. No Solvents Name Storage ModeQuantity (TPA)

Qty usedfor

existing

Recoveredand

re-usedQty used for

proposedRecovered and

re-used

1 1,2-dimethoxyethane Drums -- -- 382.79 363.65

2 Acetic acid Aboveground/exsiting 96.6 -- 727.15 690.79

3 Acetone Underground//exsiting 55.2 46.92 497.24 472.38

4 Acetonitrile Drums -- -- 468.44 445.025 Cyclohexane Drums -- -- 172.05 163.45

6 Dichloromethane

Undergroun//exsiting 80.4 68.34 1734.76 1648.02

7 Diisopropylether Drums -- -- 106.31 100.99

8 Dimethylformamide Drums -- -- 143.00 135.85

9 Dimethylsulfoxide Drums -- -- 155.90 148.11

10 Ethanol Aboveground/exsiting -- -- 98.28 93.37

11 Ethyl acetate Aboveground/exsiting -- -- 1541.78 1464.69

12 Hexane Undergroun//exsiting 18 15.3 1779.19 1690.23

13IPA HCl asIsopropylalcohol

Drums -- -- 36.00 34.20

14 Isopropylalcohol

Aboveground/exsiting 217 195 2147.27 2039.91

15 Isopropyl ether Drums -- -- 6.00 5.7016 Methanol Above 538 484 2242.96 2130.81


of 276

ground/exsiting

17 Methanolic HClas Methanol Drums -- -- 194.40 184.68

18 Methylenedichloride

Undergroun//exsiting -- -- 73.20 69.54

19 Morpholine Drums -- -- 3.85 3.66

20 Methyl tertiary-Butyl Ether Drums -- -- 111.73 106.14

21 N,N dimethylacetamide Drums -- -- 58.37 55.45

22 n-Heptanes Drums -- -- 75.15 71.39

23 N-Methylmorpholine Drums -- -- 8.49 8.07

24 N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone Drums -- -- 48.00 45.60

25 Pipiridine Drums -- -- 10.08 9.5826 Pyridine Drums -- -- 25.45 24.18

27 SEC Butanol Aboveground/exsiting -- -- 204.00 193.80

28 Tert butanol Aboveground/exsiting -- -- 24.02 22.82

29 Tetrahydrofuran Drums -- -- 729.62 693.14

30 Toluene Aboveground/exsiting -- -- 436.55 414.72

31 Xylene Aboveground/exsiting -- -- 39.36 37.39

2.14.2 Solvent Recovery System

After the reaction is complete the solvents are recovered by distillation process. The distillation unit has two condensers in series (shell and tube type). The first condenser is passed with cooling tower water, while the second condenser

will have chilled brine solution at -10 to -20oC as coolants. After the vapours are condensed, the condensate along with un-condensed vapours

is passed through a trap which is cooled externally with chilled water. The vents of condenser and receiver are connected to scrubber system. All the reaction vessels and centrifuges are connected to a common line. These

fumes and exhausts are sucked by ID fan and scrubbed by alkali solution. The air after scrubbing is let out into the atmosphere and the scrubbed water is sent

to MEE for further treatment. This wet scrubber absorbs acidic vapors, traces of solvents etc. and purified gas

stream is let out into the atmosphere. M/sSDPLachieves ~90 % of solvent recovery.

The typical solvent recovery system is depicted in Figure 2-7.


of 276

Figure 2-7 Typical solvent recovery systemSpent Carbon:

Carbon is used during the process of manufacture of different products. The spent carbonwill be disposed to Cement units for Co-processing / KSPCB authorized incinerators(Agreement is enclosed as Annexure-22). The detailed list of quantities is appended in thebelow Table 2-9.


of 276

Table 2-9 Spent Carbon Recovery and Disposal

S. No Products Name

Quantity Of Spent Carbon Generated,(Tpa) Disposal

MethodExisting Proposed

1 Gabapentene 1.2 2.59

Shall Be Sent ToCement Units

For Co-Processing /

KspcbAuthorizedIncinerators

2(1s, 4r) -4-(2-Amino-6-Chloro-5-Formido-4-Pyrimidinyl Amino)-2-Cyclopentene-1- Methanol (Afc)Intermediate Abacavir Sulphate

Nil Nil

3 Abcavir Base 2 Nil 4.86

4 Amino Alcohol Hydrochloride(Aahcl) Nil 7.20

5 1(S) Benzyl-2(R) 3-Epoxy PropylCarbamic Acid Butyl Ester (Epr) Nil 4.44

6 T-Boc Hydrazine (AtzanavirIntermediate) Tbh-2 Nil 4.8

7(3r,3as,6ar)-Hexahydrofuro-[2,3-B]-Furan-3-Yl-4-Nitrophenyl Carbonate(Or) Dar-Iia

Nil Nil

8 Boc Epoxide (Or) Boe-2 Nil Nil

95-Benzyl[(2s,3s)-4-Chloro-3hydroxy-1-Phenylbutane-2-Yl]Carbamate Or Zoe-3

Nil 7.77

10

(2s,3s,5s)-2-Amino-3-Hydroxy-5-(1-Tetra Hydro Pyrmid-2-Only)-3-Methyl Butanoyl) Amino-1,6-Diphenyl Hexane-S-Pyro Glutamate(Lopinavir Intermediate) Thp

Nil Nil

11 Piperdine Sulfamoyl Dimer (Psd) Nil Nil12 Piperdine Sulfamoyl Dimer (Sld-3) Nil Nil

13(2s,4s)-1-(Tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(Methoxymethyl)-L-Proline (Or) Vel-1

Nil 3.08

14

Methyl 5-[(2,4-Difluorobenzyl)Carbamoyl]-3-Methoxy-4-Oxo-1-(2-Oxoethyl)-1,4-Dihydropyridine-2-Carboxylate (Or)Dts-3

Nil Nil

15

(2r,3s/2s,3r0-3-(4-Chloro-5-Fluoropyrimidin-6-Yl)-2-(2,4difluorophenyl)-1-(1h-1,2,4-Trizol-L-Yl)Butan-2-OlHydrochloride (Chloro VoriconazoleIntermediate) Vrn

Nil

Nil

16 [1-[[[(1r)-1-[3-[(E)-2(7- Nil Nil


of 276

Chloroquinolin-2yl)Ethenyl]Phenyl]-3-[2-(1-Hydroxy-1-MethylEthyl)Phenyl]Propyl]Sulfanyl]Methyl]Cyclopropyl]AceticAcid.Dicyclohexylamine Salt(Montelukast Sodium Intermdiate)Mos

17 Intermediate Stage Of ZofenoprilCalcium (Zfc) Nil Nil

18 Hydroxy Amide Hydrochloride (Boi) Nil Nil

19 2-Nitro-5-Chloro Acetanilide(Febental Intermediate) Dm-1 Nil Nil

20 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine Hcl(Trazadon Intermediate) Trz Nil Nil

21 Hexahydrofuro[2,3-B]Furan-3-Ol(Or) Bis-Iv Nil Nil

22 R & D Products Nil Nil

23 1 Acetyl 4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)Piperazine 3.06 Nil

Total 4.26 34.74

2.15 Project Description Including Drawings Showing Project Layout,Components Of Project

2.15.1 Project Layout, Components of Project

The project site layout plan demarcating various units within the plant and the boundaries

with land use pattern is appended in

Figure 2-8 and enclosed as Annexure-11. SDPL land document is attached as Annexure -6. The total land area is 36421.7 sq m (9 Acres). The land use pattern is provided in Table2-10. Existing land area break-up & proposed land use breakup is provided in Table 2-11&Table 2-12 respectivily.Site photographs are appended below in Figure 2-9. Exiting plant

photographs are given in Figure 2-9, Existing facilities is shown in Figure 2-10.


of 276

Figure 2-8 Project Site Layout


of 276

Table 2-10 Land Use Pattern

S.No Land use

Existing AreaProposed

ConstructionArea

Total Area

Sq. mt Acre Sq. m Acre Sq. mt Acre %1 Land coverage area 13950.06 3.45 1397.81 0.346 15347.87 3.79 42.142 Roads & Pavements 4046.86 1.00 -- -- 4046.86 1.00 11.113 Greenbelt area 12019.16 2.97 -- 12019.16 2.97 33.004 Vacant land 6405.62 1.58 5007.81 1.24 5007.81 1.24 13.75

Total 36421.70 9.00 -- -- 36421.70 9.00 100.00

Table 2-11 Detailed Land Area Break-up-Existing Facility

S. No Area NameArea

Sq. mt Arce1 Production Block-I 1017.93 0.252 Production Block-II 435.19 0.113 Raw Material Store-I 273.15 0.074 Pump Room 224.27 0.065 Chilling Plant 99.0 0.026 Old Boiler shed 77.27 0.027 Maintenance Block-I 154.44 0.048 Transformer Yard 151.58 0.049 DG Room 53.38 0.0110 Production Block-III 1494.23 0.3711 Raw Material Store-II 154.84 0.0412 Service building 188.42 0.0513 Maintenance Block-II 107.62 0.0314 Explosive Godown 383.21 0.0915 R.M.Room 48.76 0.0116 Liquid Nitrogen capsule 55.88 0.0117 Storage Tanks platform 108.76 0.0318 Clean room 123.95 0.0319 Equilization Tanks 717.85 0.1820 Boiler shed 78.27 0.0221 Cooling tower 85.15 0.0222 Multiple Evaporator 47.95 0.0123 Godown/Dining 997.50 0.2524 Admin block 161.51 0.0425 Weigh Bridge 80.00 0.02


of 276

26 Toilet 26.40 0.0127 Drum Storage yard 144.00 0.0428 Production Block-IV 1618.07 0.4029 Production Block-V 1192.95 0.2930 Solvent Recovery 180.00 0.0431 Cooling Tower 70.00 0.0232 H.T.Yard 152.40 0.0433 DG room 95.68 0.0234 Solvent Storage Tanks 83.6 0.0235 Cooling Tower 101.22 0.0336 Service Building 85.00 0.0237 Hydrant Tank shed 552.63 0.1438 Warehouse 1728.00 0.4339 7 TPH boiler shed 600.00 0.15

Total 13950.06 3.45

Table 2-12 Detailed Land Area Break-up for proposed expansion

S. No Area NameArea

Sq. mt Arce1 Production Block-VII 326.78 0.0812 ZLD tank 133.28 0.0333 Tank form 384.00 0.0954 Canteen 431.25 0.1075 Amenities 122.50 0.030

Total 1397.81 0.346


of 276

Figure 2-9 Existing Plant Photographs

Figure 2-10 Photographs showing existing facilities within the facility

Site Bearings: The proposed project site is surrounded by roads and industriesas shown inTable 2-13.


of 276

Table 2-13 Site BearingsS. No Particulars Direction w.r.t. project site1. KIADB Service Road Front2. Natural Nala-Seasonal Back3. KIADB Service Road Left4. Rchem Pvt.Ltd Right

2.16 Resource Requirements

2.16.1 Land Requirement and Land Use Planning

The total land area is 36421.7 sq.m (9 Acres). The land use pattern is provided in Table2-10 and detailed land area break-up for existing and proposed is provided in Table 2-11&Table 2-12 respectivily.

2.16.2 Water Requirement

The total water requirement for the existing unit is 39.3 KLD, of which 20.9 KLD is freshwater and 18.43 KLD is treated/recycled water.Water requirement for proposed expansionwill be 165 KLD of which 76 KLD is fresh water and 89 KLD is treated/recycled water. Theaverage water requirement for proposed construction phase will be 2 KLD.

The total water requirement for existing and proposed will be met from ground water (2 borewells are facilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers during peak summer. Selfdeclaration for groundwater usage is enclosed as Annexure-12. The water requirementbreak-up details are provided in Table 2-14. Thewater balance charts for existing andproposed quantities are appended in Figure 2-11 and

Figure 2-12 respectively and also enclosed as Annexure-13 and Annexure-14 respectively.

Table 2-14 Water Requirement Break-up for Existing & Proposed

S.No

Waterrequirement

Existing (KLD) After Expansion (KLD)Total Fresh Treated Total Fresh Treated

1 Domestic 2.5 2.5 -- 10 1 9

2 Process 11.6 11.6 -- 75 75 -

3 Softerregeneration 2.0 -- 2.0 4.0 - 4.0

4 Softer followed byboiler 15.4 -- 15.4 36 - 36

5 Cooling watermake up 4.0 4.0 -- 6.0 - 6.0

6 washing 2.8 2.8 -- 4.0 - 4.0

7 Gardening & other 1.0 -- 1.0 30 - 30

Total 39.3 20.9 18.4 165 76.0 89.0Note: * Water for gardening has increased from 4 KLD to 30KLD (changed from Form-I)


of 276

Figure 2-11 Water Balance Chart-Existing


Page 57 of 276



Page 57 of 276



of 276

Figure 2-12 Water Balance Chart-Proposed


Page 58 of 276



Page 58 of 276



of 276

2.16.3 Power and Fuel Requirement

The power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM(KEB). DG sets will act asthe standby facilities and will be utilized in case of power failures. The details of powerrequirement and backup power facilities are given in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15 Power and Fuel Requirement

S. No DetailsCapacity

SourceExisting Proposed After Expansion

1 Power Requirement(kVA) 1500 Nil 1500 GESCOM(KEB)

2 Back-up (kVA) 1x380&1x750=1130 1x380 2x380&1x750

=1510 DG sets

3 Diesel Requirements(Ltrs/day) 300 200 500 HPCL

4 Boiler Fuel(Coal)/Briquette(TPD)




Coal:SingareniBriquettes:

Local market

5 Boiler (TPH) 1 X 4 1 x 7 1 x 71 X 4 (Standby) --

6 Thermic Fluid Heater (Kcal/hr) 1x 100000 - 1x 100000 --

2.16.4 Manpower Requirement

The manpower requirement including both the technical and non-technical personnel isgiven in Table 2-16.

Table 2-16 Manpower RequirementS .No Discription Existing Proposed After expansion

1 Permanent 80 50 1302 Contractual 30 50 80

Total 110 100 210Construction Phase: 10 nos.

2.17 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

2.17.1 Solid Waste Management

MSW will be disposed to KSPCB Municipal bin/ Recyclers, the source of Municipal solidwaste in the industry is from the domestic use. The details are given in Table 2-17 & Table2-18.


of 276

Table 2-17 Municipal Solid Waste During Construction PhaseS .No Type Quantity Kg/day Disposal method

1 Organic 2.4 Municipal bin including food waste2 Inorganic 2.6 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 5.0Note: Manpower- 10 nos.

Table 2-18 Municipal Solid Waste During Operation Phase

S .No Type Quantity in Kg/day Disposal methodExisting Proposed1 Organic 17.0 35.0 Municipal bin including food waste2 Inorganic 38.0 70.0 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 55.0 105.0As per CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5

Details of other solid waste generated in the facility are provided in Table 2-19.

Table 2-19 Other Solid Waste during Operation Phase

S.No

Nature ofSolid Waste

Quantity (MTPA) Method of Handling

Collection& Storage Treatment DisposalsExisting Proposed After

Expansion

1 Paper / CardBoard 36 14 50

Separatestorage

areaNil For recycling

units

2 Dust Bincollections 1.8 0.2 2

Separatestorage

areaNil

Disposal toauthorizedvendors

3 Dry leavesGrass 0.7 0.3 1

Separatestorage

areaNil Decayed in

the pit

4 Woodenscrap 1.8 0.2 2

Separatestorage

areaNil Burnt in boiler

5 Boiler ash &Fly ash 1350 450 1800

Separatestorage

areaNil Sent to Brick

Manufacturers

2.17.2 Hazardous waste Management

The various hazardous waste are generated from the process are spent catalyst, spentsolvent, process residues, chemical sludge from the effluent treatment plant and discardedbags from the raw materials section. These are stored in a separate hazardous wastestorage area and are disposed off by sending it to the authorized dealers within a stipulatedperiod of time. Hazardous waste materials are properly disposed as per the Hazardous andOther wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 1989 andsubsequent amendment in 2016. KSPCB authorization for HWM is enclosed as Annexure


of 276

15 and Agreement made with KSPCB approved TSDF is enclosed as Annexure 16. Thetype of hazardous waste and the quantity generated are detailed in theTable 2-20.

Table 2-20 Hazardous Waste Management

WasteCategory Waste

QuantityDisposal MethodExisting Proposed After

Expansion

35.3 MEE salts/sludge(kg/day) 400 1600 2000

KSPCB authorized site(MEEP/ CEMENT

INDUSTRIES)

28.3 Spent Carbon(kg/day) 50 50 100 Boiler feed/MEEPL

5.1 Used Oil(lts/Annum) 200 400 600 Used for mechanical

purpose

20.2 Organic solvents(lts/Annum) 50000 50000 100000 KSPCB authorized

recyclers33.1 MS Drums (Nos) 300 700 1000 KSPCB authorized

scrap dealer33.1 HDPE Drums(Nos) 100 400 500

2.18 Infrastructure facilities

The sanitation and restroom will be provided to the labor force during the constructionphase. During operation phase the office room, rest room and canteen are being provided tothe employees. The site layout is enclosed as Annexure-11.

2.19 Machinery & Equipment Details

The list of machinery & equipments of existing & proposed are provided in the Table 2-21and Table 2-22 respectivily. Steam, Water & Energy requirement for manufacturing is givenin Table 2-21.

Table 2-21 List of Machinery & Equipments-ExistingS. No Description of Main Machineries Capacity No.s

Reactors1 Glass lined Reactor 2.0 KL 12 Glass lined Reactor 3.0 KL 53 Glass lined Reactor 4.0 KL 64 SS Reactor 1.5 KL 15 SS Reactor 2.0 KL 66 SS Reactor 3.0 KL 197 SS Reactor 4.0 KL 148 SS Reactor 5.0 KL 99 SS Reactor 5.0 KL 9

10 SS Reactor 10.0 KL 7


of 276

11 SS Reactor 12.0 KL 2Fil1ter/Drier

1 Tray Driers 96 Trays 102 Tray Driers 48 Trays 73 Rotocone vacuum drier 1000 Kg 14 SS Neutch filter 100 Kg 155 SS Neutch filter 500 Kg 16 SS Leaf filter 100 Lts 10

Centrifuges1 SS 316 centrifuge 48 " 152 SS 316 centrifuge 36 " 8

Table 2-22 List of Machinery & Equipments-ProposedS. No Description of Main Machineries Capacity No.s

Reactors1 Glass lined Reactor 100 ltrs 12 Glass lined Reactor 250 ltrs 23 Glass lined Reactor 1.0 KL 14 SS Reactor 1.5 KL 25 SS Reactor 2.0 KL 26 SS Reactor 3.0 KL 27 SS Reactor 4.0 KL 28 SS Reactor 7.5 KL 1

Filter/Drier

1 Tray Driers 96 Trays 12 Tray Driers 48 Trays 23 Rotocone vacuum drier 1000 Kg 14 SS Neutch filter 100 Kg 25 SS Neutch filter 500 Kg 16 SS Leaf filter 50 Lts 2

Centrifuges1 SS 316 centrifuge 48 " 12 SS 316 centrifuge 36 " 8


of 276

Table 2-23 Steam, Water requirement & Energy requirementS. No Description Existing Proposed Diff. % Of Increasing

1 Products (MTA) 348 692 344 49.712 Water (KLD) 39.30 146.50 107.20 73.163 Diesel (Ltrs/day) 300 500 200 40.004 Power Back Up-DG (KVA) 1130 1510 380 25.165 Powe Electricity (KVA) 1500 - 0 0.006 Boiler (TPH-Steam) 4 7 3 42.85

From the above table it can be explained that the utility and water requirements increase dueto increase in products capacity,inevitably.

2.20 Schematic Representations of the Feasibility Drawing which GiveInformation Important for EIA Purpose

A schematic representation of the overall feasibility and environmental assessment processis shown inFigure 2-13. The EIA process is composed of the following stages:

Study of project information Screening & Scoping Environmental Pre-Feasibility study & application for approval of TOR Collection of detailed project management plan/report Baseline Data collection Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP Risk Assessment and Safety & Disaster Management plan Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the TOR requirements. Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as

well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.


of 276

Figure 2-13 Feasibility & Environmental Assessment Process

2.21 Description of Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project toMeet the Environmental Standards

2.21.1 Impacts due to Land Acquisition and Location

The proposed project is an expansion of production capacity within the existing facility inKIADB. Therefore, there will not be any land acquisition requirement and no impact due tolocation.

Impacts due to changes in land use pattern

The project site land area is 36421.7 sq m (9 Acres) is comprised of vacant land. Since it isan expansion of production capacity and ETP facilty there will not be any change in existingland use pattern of the project site. Following measures are proposed to mitigate negativeimpact during operational phase of the project on the land environment.

Air emissions will be effectively controlled by use of APC equipment such asBagfilters and Cyclone separators and scrubbers and therefore deposition of airpollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is not envisaged.


of 276

Disposal of solid waste will be carried out through authorized vendor. Plant is being maintained ZLD. No effluent will be discharged directly on land without treatment., impact on the

land environment is not envisaged. Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises.

Accidental spills will be cleaned, reported and monitored. Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission,

solid waste or liquid effluent from the proposed expansion.

2.22 Construction Phase

Impact assessment during the construction phase of the project is of importance as theconstruction activities lead to adverse effects on the environment on a short term basis. Themajor activities that are undertaken during this phase are civil works, mechanical works,machinery works and transportation works.

During the construction phase, the following activities among many are considered to beimportant towards creating environmental impacts:

Site preparation (fencing, boundary & clearing of site). Excavation, backfilling and levelling Hauling and dumping of earth materials & construction spoils. Foundation works. Fabrication erection of Steel structures such as, Tanks, Pipelines and Sheds. Construction of internal roads, drains & water supply. Painting and finishing. Cleaning, landscaping and plantations.

2.22.1 Land Environment

Impacts

The activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land usefrom vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following impactson the land environment.

Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavyconstruction vehicles and machineries.

Removal of soil from the site. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil. Dispersion of dust.

Mitigation measures

Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, usingprotective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction ofsoil.

The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.


of 276

Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt developmentand landscaping.

A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to preventland/soil pollution.

Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potentialfor water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).

Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developinginternal road and project structures.

2.22.2 Air Environment

Impacts

The activities that might lead to a decline in the local air quality due to generation of dust are

Site Preparation and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the surroundings. Excavation, backfilling and leveling. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and it

can impact the labors working. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds. Cleaning and landscaping. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipments.

Mitigation measures

Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dustgeneration.

Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water. Conserving the existing vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipments. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions,

noise pollution and consumption of energy resource. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick

dispersal of gaseous emissions. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of

emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal of

construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.

2.22.3 Water Environment

Impacts

Contamination of watercourses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.


of 276

Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which achange in the surface water drainage pattern may occur.

Generation of sewage.

Mitigation measures

The water demand during the construction phase will be met from existing borewell/private water suppliers.

Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental mixing orfugitive losses.

Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to preventaccidental release or spillage.

Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds toutilize the rain water for construction purpose.

An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

Wastewater Management

Domestic

Existing septic tank will be used for collecting sewage generation from construction phase.

2.22.4 Noise Environment

Impacts

The major sources of noise generation at the construction site are pneumatichammers, DG sets, compressors, concrete mixers, operating machineries, horns &acoustic signals and communication among workers.

Noise nuisance causes discomfort and health related issues in those who work at thesite and those who reside in the neighboring villages.

Mitigation measures

Barricading the construction site. The existing green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance. Selection of equipments of high quality. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in avoiding

loud verbal exchanges between the intervening parties. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time. The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will be

provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concernedauthorities.

Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation ofmachineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the workdoes not necessitate it will be avoided.


of 276

Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposurecontrol through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged inconstruction activities in the area generating high levels of noise.

2.22.5 Waste Generation

Sources of waste are construction debris such as bricks, steel scrap, wooden scrap,sand and gravel etc.

Mitigation measures

Prior to commencement of construction works, assessment of materials required,location and planning of available space for its storage will be conducted.

Quality control will be implemented to reject defective materials at the time of deliverythus avoiding later disposal.

Stockpiles of sand, gravel, soil will be situated in such a manner that they do not spillor washed onto the adjacent roads.

Materials that come in will be labeled and the date of receiving will be recorded. Preparation of a proper waste management system which includes identification of

wastes, collection, segregation, storage and disposal methods. Recycling and reuse of certain construction debris. Spent oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed

containers before disposing it to approved recyclers.

2.22.6 Ecology

The proposed expansion is within the existing facility and is among the industrial area,hence no impacts have been expected to arise on the biological environment. Exceptfor the removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well maintained byconserving/developing the greenbelt at the site.

2.22.7 Social Environment

The impacts of construction activities is beneficial on the social environment as itcontributes to the economic and social development by providing employment toabout 10 workers during the construction phase and thereby raising the standards ofliving and quality of life.

Procurement of construction materials locally leads to increase in tradingopportunities.

2.23 OPERATION PHASE

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to itspotential to invoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during thisoperational phase of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions), Effluent generation,Noise generation, Solid waste generation etc.


of 276

2.24 Land Environment

The land use of the existing area is already for industrial use. The proposed expansion iswithin the existing facility hence there will be no change in land use pattern.

i.Discharges on Land-Impact

Domestic:

In existing domestic wastewater is disposed in to septic tank. For proposed project sewagegenerated from domestic usage will be mixed with LTDS effluent and treated in combinedBiological ETP followed by UF, RO & MEE. The wastewater treatment system will be basedon ZLD concept, hence there will be no discharges on land premises.

Industrial wastewater:

High TDS is being treated in MEE which is facilitated(30KLD) in existing facility. Low TDSeffluent is being treated in ETP. Treated water is being used for utilities.

100 KLD Capacity of ETP (Combined Eflluent Treatement Plant) & 125 KLD MEE Plant isproposed for expansion will be maintained Zero Liquid Discharge. Treated wastewater willbe used for utilities.

Mitigation Measures

Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines. Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of

the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines is adopted. Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond. Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it for

various requirements. With regards to ETP-There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of

Zero Liquid Discharge.

ii. Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardouswastes generated due to various operations in the project site. Sludge generated duringproduction process, chemical waste including toxic waste, oil slurry, Salts from ATFD etc arethe source of hazardous waste. Sludge from ETP will be generated. Poor management ofsuch materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Soil – Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted toeliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored intemporary storage facility and transferred to nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility(TSDF) and also to the approved vendors of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board


of 276

(KSPCB) landfill and Co-processing. However, waste minimisation techniques will beadopted in order to minimise the generation of wastes.


Air pollutants in the form of oxides of nitrogen, sulfur & PM from generators, boilers & acidmist/VOCs from the process section, contribute and cause certain impacts on the air quality.

APC measures are adequate stack height to disperse the pollutants. Boiler is provided bagfilter & cyclone separator, proposed 7 TPH boiler will be provided with bag filter, cycloneseparator & dust collector to control the particulate matter. Adequate green belt has beendeveloped to mitigate the pollution arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoringof DG-Stack and Ambient air quality will be carried out. Air Pollution Control Measures areprovided in Table 2-24.

Table 2-24 Air Pollution Control Measures for Existing UnitI. Point Source Emission with Stack:

S. No. Point EmissionSource Emission APC measures

ProposedStack height in

m(AGL)Gaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr

1 Boiler4TPH

SO2, NO2& PM

Bag filter, Cycloneseparator & Stack 22 2543.19

2 1TPH wood fired-CFO(Sold out) Stack

3 DG 1x380 kVA Individual Stack 15 583.894 DG 1x750 kVA Individual Stack 15 1621.93

II. Fugitive/Noise Emission:

S. No. Fugitive or NoiseEmission Sources

Type ofEmission

Control measuresProposed

Stack height inm(AGL)

GaseousDischarge

Nm3/Hr

1 Reactors (79 Nos) Acid fumes/VOC

Individual scrubberand Stack 9 2609.38

2 DG 1x380 kVA Noise Acoustic enclosures 15 583.893 DG 1x750 kVA Noise Acoustic enclosures 15 1621.93


of 276

Table 2-25 Air Pollution Control Measures – After ExpansionI. Point Source Emission with Stack:

S. No. Point Emission Source Emission APC measuresProposed


GaseousDischarge

Nm3/Hr

1 Boiler7 TPH

SO2, NO2& PM

Bag filter, CycloneSeparator& Stack 25 6992.34

2 DG 2x380 kVA Individual Stack 15 583.893 DG 1x750kVA Individual Stack 15 1621.93


S. No. Fugitive or NoiseEmission Sources

Type ofEmission

Control measuresProposed


GaseousDischarge

Nm3/Hr

1Reactors 92(Existin79+13 Nosproposed)

Acid fumes/VOC

Scrubberand Stacks 9 2609.38

2 DG 2x380 kVA Noise Acoustic enclosures 15 583.893 DG 1x750kVA Noise Acoustic enclosures 15 1621.93

Fugitive emission

SDPL adopts the following action to control fugitive emission from the reactors and odour. The outfall of reactor is connected to primary condenser. Then outlet of primary condenser is passes through the secondary condenser,

emission passes through condenser will get condense. The condensed emission will be recycled to process. From vapor condenser cloud it again recycled to reactor, In case of leakage of emission due to damage will detect manually and repair

happen. The process emission from the reactors is scrubbed to acid/alkali scrubbers and

vent through the stacks of adequate heights. Thus the fugitive emission is controlled.

Odour control

The Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) monitoring is carried out regular intervalsand is being submitted to the Board.

The Environment team are trained on Industrial hygiene and sampling / testingtechniques.

Will provide local exhaust ventilation at storage locations which are connected tothe scrubbers.

Will provide turbo ventilators at strategic locations. All the areas are covered with Air Handling units.


of 276

Mitigation Measures

All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/bag filters, cyclone separator &dust collector will be provided by the industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations inorder to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measuredconcentrations. NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly andadequacy/Performance of Air Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed.

Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area. Adequate Greenbelt width will be provided. Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin. All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission

standards. In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control

measures as to be stated by KSPCB in their CFO.


Impact

Noise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineries at the project sitelike Boilers, Compressors, DG sets, Cooling towers, boiler feed water Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization,materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with theproposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond thesite would be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts onworkers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupationalexposure. The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house,compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operationalphase and may cause exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipments like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feedwater pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for aninsertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuringcumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly timeweighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safetyand Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks. Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.


of 276

Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for criticaloperator cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central controlfacilities.

Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc.will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.

Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works willbe carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricatedto minimise noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrubplantation; landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parkingareas and along approach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phaseof the project.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet internationalstandards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and securedproperly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly tominimize vibrations and related impacts.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation. Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of

construction materials will be planned in line with the same.


i.Potential Impact due to Location

Impact on Existing Water Resources

During operation phase, water requirement of proposed units will be mainly for process,condenser cooling water, DM water for steam generation, service water, domestic use, firewater, green belt etc.

The total water requirement for the existing unit is 39.3 KLD, of which 20.9 KLD is freshwater and 18.4 KLD is treated/recycled water.

Water requirement for proposed expansionwill be 165 KLD of which 76 KLD is fresh waterand 89 KLD is treated/recycled water. The water requirement for proposed constructionphase will be 2 KLD.

The total water requirement for existing and proposed is met from ground water (2 bore wellsare facilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers. Wastewater generated from theproject will be treated in ETP and Zero Liquid Discharge will be maintained, hence theimpact due to the proposed project is very minimal.

ii. Impacts To Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the areaare working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water


of 276

and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen inIsolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the systemand will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potablewater in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 1.0 km radiusarea. Therefore the efficiency of the Zero waste discharge will be ensured with properregulatory and institutional arrangements.

Mitigation Measures

The following measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground waterscenario and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rainwater harvesting andgroundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits Only roof-top rain water harvesting Rainwater storage ponds/tanks Storage cum recharge ponds Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

iii. Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:

Industrial process wastewater/effluent Boiler and cooling water blow down Domestic wastewater/Sewage Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc.

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project are discussed inSection 2.13.3.5. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water mayaffect the surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute theground and surface water.

Mitigation Measures

Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if any onthe water environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the operation phaseof the project.

Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water by pollution. Corrective and preventive measures if any contamination happens. Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water resources in

terms of contamination. If contaminated, proper expertise will be brought to schematize the various

recharge mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.


of 276

2.24.3.1 Wastewater Treatment & Management

Existing: Sewage is being sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (100KLD). The sludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluentwill be sent to Multiple Effect Evaporator (MEE) with a capacity of 30 KLD, Condensate willbe recycled asboiler feed. MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will besent to TSDF (KSPCB authorization for HWM is enclosed as Annexure 15 and Agreementcopy made with TSDF is enclosed as Annexure 16).

Proposed: The sewage (9.0 KLD) will be mixed with LTDS effluent (7 KLD) and will betreated in Combined Biological Effluent Treatment plan (cap. 100 KLD). HTDS effluent fromprocess & RO Regeneration from Softener (79 KLD) treated in MEE and the condensate willbe sent to ETP and the concentrate will be sent to ATFD. ATFD Salt will be disposed toTSDF. The permeate will be recycled for various application as shown in Table 2-14.

The existing wasterwater treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system also will be aZero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment. The breakup in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given in Proposed ZLDscheme (ETP, UF, RO,MEE& ATFD) is provided in Annexure- 23.

Table 2-26 & Characteristics of effluent generated in summarized in Table 2-27. ProposedZLD scheme (ETP, UF, RO,MEE& ATFD) is provided in Annexure- 23.

Table 2-26 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal

S. No Description Domestic(KLD)

Ind. effluentgeneration

(KLD)Treatment Units Remarks

1 Existing 2.519.2

HTDS: 11.6LTDS:7.6

Sewage: Septic tankLTDS & HTDS: MEE

Treated water will berecycled for utilities.Solid will be sent to

TSDF2 Proposed 9.0


Combined 100 KLDCapacity of ETP(UF, RO,MEE

& ATFD)ZLD concept


of 276

Table 2-27 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. ParameterConcentration*

Raw Effluent Characteristics Concentration*RO permeateCharacteristics

LTDS HTDS1. pH 5.5 To 6.5 10 To 14 7.0-8.0

2. TSS 1095 3925 50-80

3. TDS 1497 2476 <1000

4. COD 500 11066 50-100

5. BOD 350 4300 20-30

* All parameters except pH are expressed as mg/l

Conveyance of Wastewater to ZLD

The wastewater will be conveyed to ZLD through pipeline.

Wastewater Collection

There are 6 no of tanks for each type of wastewater generated and the holding capacitytanks are 3x50KL & 3x10KL.

Mitigation Measures

Combined ETP with MEE is proposed to treat industrial effluents. ETP is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System. A storm water drainage system is already developed for the project site. The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area. The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil

will be sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for furthertreatment. The treated water will be re used for various applications.

2.24.4 Biological Environment

Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and thestudy area. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study areaare local migrants only. Therefore the proposed project operations are not likely to have anyadverse impact on the paths for avid-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during theoperation phase would not be allowed.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation ofterrestrial ecology and biodiversity.


of 276


Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can bebroadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste. Further, the generatedsolid waste generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. Thedetails of solid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2,Section 2.9. If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed inunauthorized manner, it will impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during theoperational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensureadopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organicand inorganic wastes. Waste management is given in

Figure 2-14.

Figure 2-14 Waste Management Concept

2.25 Assessment of New and untested technology for the risk oftechnological failure

The project is Bulk Drugs and Intermediates manufacturing industry with R & D activity. Theprocess used for production is made by SDPL in house there would not be any changes inthe process. The manufacturing processes for these products are tried & tested method, andtherefore there is no risk of technological failure. In addition to this the facility is beingbacked up by the R & D centre there would be continuous efforts for optimization of theprocesses to care of the any technological failures.


of 276

CHAPTER-3DESCRIPTION OFENVIRONMENT


of 276

3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, asidentified in and around the proposed expansion project with an area 9.0 Acres (3.64 Ha)located at plot no. 101, A & B, 101P1, 100P4, Sy.No. 219 & 223, Humnabad Industrial,Gadavanthi Village, Humnabad Taluk, Bidar District & Karnataka State. The primarybaseline data monitored covered three (3) months i.e., from March-May 2017, andsecondary data was collected from Government and Semi-Government organizations. Theprimary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd,Chennai, and a MoEF&CC approved & NABL Certified Environmental Testing Laboratory forthe following Terrestrial environmental components.

Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed & Direction-. Section: 3.6.2 Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10 micron size (PM10),Particulate matter

<2.5 micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2),CarbonMonoxide (CO), Lead (Pb),Ozone (O3),Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) pyrene (C20H12),Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Ammonia (NH3), Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC),Chlorine (Cl), Hydrochloric acid (HCl), Hydrobromic acid (HBr), Hydrogen sulphide(H2S) & Hydrogen fluoride (HF)- Section: 3.8.2.

Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise levels -Section: 3.9

Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality- Section:3.10.2 & 3.10.3

Soil Quality- Section:3.11 Ecology- Section:3.12 Socio economic status- Section: 3.13

3.2 Study AreaA 10Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicenter has been identified asthe General study area/Project Influence Area (PIA) for assessing the baselineenvironmental status. The core study area is the project area and its immediatesurroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from the boundary. Further the ProjectImpact/Influence Area (PIA) is 10Km from the boundary of the core area coveringHumnabad Taluk, Bidar District of Karnataka State.

3.3 Description of the Study AreaAs described in Chapter 1 Introduction, M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd is situatedin Humnabad KIADB, Bidar district, Karnataka. The site is located about 6km away fromTown (Humnabad) and it is next to National highway connecting Bidar to Hospet (NH-218).The National Highway NH-65 (Hyderabad to Mumbai – Previous NH9) is located ~30m fromIndustrial Area. An overall idea of the study area with reference to the physical conditionsare presented for better understanding in the following sections before proceeding into thesection on the prevailing environmental conditions of the study area. Figure 3-1 shows theSatellite image of the study area of project and Topo Map of the Study Area is given inFigure 3-2.


of 276

Figure 3-1 Satellite image of the study area of project


Page 80 of 276



Page 80 of 276



of 276

Figure 3-2 Topo Map of the Study Area


of 276

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive Areas

The environmental sensitive areas covering an aerial distance of 15 km PIA from project

boundary is given in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-3.

Table 3-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15 km from Project Boundary

S.No Areas Proposed project location boundary in~ Km

1. Areas protected underinternational conventions,national or local legislation fortheir ecological, landscape,cultural or other related value

Nil

2. Areas which are important orsensitive for ecological reasons– Wetlands, Watercourses orother water bodies, coastalzone, biospheres, mountains,forests

S. No Name Dist. (~Km) Dir.

Water Bodies

1 Chandri Halla 1.12 N

2 Dodda Halla 10.18 E

3 MullahmariResorvoir 9.97 SW

4 Mullahmari R 13.28 WSW


Reserve Forests



3 RF near KallurTanda 4.34 S




7 RF near TodalaTanda 10.52 NW



10 Reserved Forest 14.24 SE3. Areas used by protected,

important or sensitive species offlora or fauna for breeding,nesting, foraging, resting, overwintering, migration

Nil

4. Inland, coastal, marine orunderground waters

Nil


of 276

5. State, National boundaries Nil

6. Routes or facilities used by thepublic for access to recreationor other tourist, pilgrim areas

NH-218 (Bijapur-Gulbarga-Homnabad) ~ 20 m, SSE.NH 65 (Mumbai Hwy) : 0.5km (NE)

7. Defence installations Nil8. Densely populated or built-up

areaHumnabad ~2.5km towards ENE (Population: 44 483)

9. Areas occupied by sensitiveman-made land uses (hospitals,schools, places of worship,community facilities)

Educational Institutions Govt school - ~3.46 Km-ESE Dental college - ~3.30Km -ESE Govt PU Colllege - ~9.30 Km-SSW Govt Jr college - ~3.32Km-ENE SriVivekananda D.Ed - ~4.49Km -ENE

Hospitals Sri Sainidhi hospitals -2.97Km-NE

Religious Places Veerabhadreshwara temple -3.98Km -NE Shiridi sai baba Temple -3.00Km-ENE Masjid E Rasih Hasan shamsi -3.09Km-ESE Mahamamedi Masjid -3.38Km-ESE Masjid E Alsafa -3.43Km-ENE Panduranga vithala temple -3.94Km-NE Sri Chitra mandir -4.03Km-ENE

10. Areas containing important, highquality or scarce resources,(groundwater resources,surface resources, forestry,agriculture, fisheries, tourism,minerals)

Nil

11. Areas susceptible to naturalhazard which could cause theproject to present environmentalproblems, (earthquakes,subsidence, landslides, erosionor extreme or adverse climaticconditions)

The area falls under seismic Zone-II, according to the IndianStandard Seismic Zonal Map.


of 276

Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas covering within the study area (15 Km radius)


of 276

3.5 Physical Conditions

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district Bidar are discussed in general andWherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in particular arealso provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:

i. District profileii. Drainage, land use, geology, Physiographyiii. Natural resourcesiv. Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazards

3.5.1 PIA District ProfileThe district is the northern most part of the Karnataka state with geographical area of 5460sq.km. It lies between 17°35’ and 18°29’ North latitude and 76°41’ to 77°39’ East longitude.It is bounded by Nizamabad and Medak districts of Telengana state on the easternside,Latur and Osmanabad districts of Maharastra state on the westernside, Nanded district ofMaharastra state on the northern side and Gulbarga district on southern side. The entiredistrict forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made upmostly of solidified lava. Thenorthern part of the district is characterized by expanses of level and treeless surfacepunctuated here and there by flat and undulating hillocks, black soils and basaltic rocks. Thesouthernhalf of the district is a high plateau about 715 m above mean sea level and is welldrained. The average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m above mean sealevel. Alluvial deposit is normally foundalong the banks of the Manjra river and its maintributaries.Source: ( http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf )

3.5.2 Climatic ConditionsThe district experiences semi-arid climate with extreme summer. The dust storms andsevere heat waves are common in the district between April and May. The temperaturebegins to rise towards the end of February till the end of May, which is the hottest month ofthe year. Coldest months are December and January. The temperature varies in the districtbetween 20 ºC and 42 ºC The year in the district may be divided into summer season fromMarch to May, southwest monsoon season from June to September, post-monsoon seasonfrom October to November and winter season from December to February. Generally, themonsoon sets in the month of June and reaches its peak in the month of September. Therainfall generally is spread over 45 to 55 days. Nearly 75% to 80% of the annual rainfall isduring the period of southwest monsoon. A few showers are also received during theNortheast monsoon period, generally in the month of December. Bidar district receives anaverage normal rainfall of 886 mm. The normal rainfall over the district ranges from 821 mmto 998 mm.Source: CGWB Bidar, IMD Climatological Data_Bidar District_1971-2000

3.5.3 Natural Resources of Bidar District

3.5.3.1 Flora & Fauna

Flora: The weeds and climber found in the forest of the district are not of much economicvalue. Some different type of grass which grows in the area are not of nutrient type for thecattle and therefore useful for thatching roof of huts and houses. The minor forest produceconsist tupra (beedi) leaves, rousa grass, seetaphal, honey, wax, tamarind and mango fruits.


of 276

The most common shrubs are Bikke (Gardenia gummifera, Linn) and Gotti or Challe(Ziziphus xylopyrus willd). They are mostly used for fencing the fields. The following are thetree species found in the district: Acacia arabica (Jali or babul), Tamarindus indica, linn(Hunase), Butea frondosa, Palash, Anogeissus latifolia, wall (Dindiga), and Hardwickiabinata.

Fauna: The scantiness of forest accounts for almost a total absence of denizens of theforest that can be said to belong to the big game variety. Occasionally, leopard may be seen.Wolves are found in the craggy portion of the undulating forest. As many as 30 varieties ofbats are found in the district. Heads of the small deer appears during winter. The moreimportant among the domesticated animals are the buffalo, the cow, the sheep, the goat andthe camel. Flora and fauna of PIA are discussed in section 3.11.

Source: District census handbook,Bidar,Karnataka,2011

3.5.3.2 Forest Resources

Forest areas of Bidar division are classified as Reserve forests, protected forests andunclassified forests. Bidar Forest division is having 43,592 ha. of Forest area includingReserve Forests, Protected forests and Unclassified forests. The district has 5448.43Sq.Km of total geographical area. In detailed discussed in section 3.7.6.

Source: http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf

3.5.3.3 Irrigation

In the district the irrigation takes place from surface water and ground water. The surfacewater irrigation is through canals, tanks and from medium and minor irrigation projects.Major irrigation dam has been constructed across the Karanja river and medium irrigationdam constructed across Chukkenala and Mullamari rivers. From ground water the irrigationis through dug wells, dug cum bore wells and bore wells.

3.5.3.4 Agricultural Resources

The main occupation of the people in the district is agriculture and related operations.There are two main seasons in which agricultural practices are carried out. The two seasonsare Kharif and Rabi. Kharif season commences from June and the crops are harvested inSeptember. Rabi season commences from September and crops harvested in February.Themain food crops are Jowar, Paddy, Wheat, Bajra, Maize and pulses. Groundnut,sugarcane and cotton are the cash crops.

Cereals - Paddy, Jowar, Bajra, MaizePulse - Wheat Black gram, Bengalgram, Green Gram and Red Gram\Horticulture-

Banana, Mango, Papaya, Grapes, Potato Tomato, Brinjal,Cash Crop - Sugarcane, CottonOil Seeds - Groundnut, Sunflower, Soyabean, Sunflower, Sesame

Livestock - Livestock rearing plays an important role in the rural economy of the district.It supplements family income from agriculture and also provides employment. It is more vital


of 276

wherever agricultural is predominant in the society. Farmers are dependent on animalhusbandry activities to utilize agricultural by-products and crop residues to convert them intoanimal products with good returns. Bullocks are more prized among the cattle since theyprovide the necessary draught power required for agriculture.

3.5.3.5 Mineral Resources

The minerals found in the area are Bauxite, Kaolin and Red ochre. A deposit of highlysiliceous bauxite clay has been located about three kilometers south of Basavakalyan.Similar deposits are noticed near Alwal and Kamthana Villages of Bidar taluk. A largedeposit of Kaolin is located near Kamthana village. Red ochre deposits are found near Sirsiand Aurad Village. Geology & Minerals map of Karnataka is given in Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4 Geology & Minerals Map of Karnataka


of 276

3.5.4 Land Use & Land Cover

The district has 5448.43 Sq.Km. Details of land use/land cover statistics are given in Table3-2 and Land Use Pattern in the PIA District is given in Figure 3-5. Land Use Map of Bidardistrict is given in Figure 3-6.

Table 3-2 District land use/land cover statistics

S. No Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area in Sq.Km

Area inAcres Area in Ha Area %

1. Builtup, Urban 41.66 10294.20 4166 0.762. Builtup, Mining 1.53 378.10 153 0.033. Agriculture, Plantation 20.96 5179.20 2096 0.384. Forest, Deciduous 19.42 4798.70 1942 0.365. Forest, Scrub forest 64.58 15957.70 6458 1.19

6. Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Barrenrocky 0.9 222.40 90 0.02

7. Wetlands/Water Bodies,Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds 66.21 16360.50 6621 1.22

8. Builtup, Rural 68.59 16948.60 6859 1.269. Agriculture, Crop land 4681.6 1156823.40 468160 85.93

10. Agriculture, Fallow 10.09 2493.20 1009 0.1911. Forest, Forest Plantation 59.55 14714.80 5955 1.0912. Barren/unculturable/ Wastelands, Scrub land 371.89 91894.00 37189 6.83

13. Wetlands/Water Bodies,River/Stream/canals 41.01 10133.60 4101 0.75

Total 5448.00 1346198.30 544799.00 100.00

Source: Bhuvan

Figure 3-5 Land Use Pattern in the PIA District

LULC Information (2011-12) for BidarTotal Geographical Area : 5448 Sq. Km


Page 88 of 276












Total 5448.00 1346198.30 544799.00 100.00

Source: Bhuvan




Page 88 of 276












Total 5448.00 1346198.30 544799.00 100.00

Source: Bhuvan




of 276

Figure 3-6 Land Use Map of Bidar district

3.5.4.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Total Project Study Area: 325.31 Sq.Km. Land Use pattern of the study area is given inTable 3-3. Land Use Pattern of the study area is given in LULC map of the Study area isgiven in Figure 3-7.

Table 3-3 Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10Km radius of the Study Area

S.No Land Use Area in Sq.Km Area in Acres Area in Ha Area inPercentage

1 Cropland 216.16 53414.29 21616 66.452 Fallow land 57.63 14240.68 5763 17.723 Shrub land 34.32 8480.65 3432 10.554 Urban 5.65 1369.145 565 1.745 Plantation 4.89 1208.345 489 1.506 Rural 2.90 716.606 290 0.89

7 River/ Stream/Canals 1.78 439.847 178 0.55

8 Reservoirs/ Lakes/Ponds 0.96 237.221 96 0.30

9 Deciduous 0.70 172.974 70 0.2210 Forest Plantation 0.32 79.074 32 0.10

Total 325.31 80358.84 32531 100


Page 89 of 276










Total 325.31 80358.84 32531 100


Page 89 of 276










Total 325.31 80358.84 32531 100


of 276

Figure 3-7 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

17.72%

10.55%

1.74%1.50%

0.89%0.54%


Page 90 of 276


66.45%

0.54%0.29%0.21% 0.10%

Cropland

Fallow land

Scrub land

Urban

Plantation

Rural

River/ Stream/ Canals

Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds

Deciduous

Forest Plantation


Page 90 of 276


River/ Stream/ Canals

Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds

Forest Plantation


of 276

Figure 3-8 LULC map of the Study area


of 276

3.5.5 Topography

The entire district forms a part of the Deccan Plateau and is made up mostly of solidifiedlava. The northern part of the district is characterized by expanses of level and treelesssurface punctuated here and there by flat and undulating hillocks, black soils and basalticrocks. The southern half of the district is a high plateau about 715 m above mean sea leveland is well drained. The average elevation of the district is between 580 to 610 m abovemean sea level. Alluvial deposit is normally found along the banks of the Manjra river and itsmain tributaries. The project site falls under an elevation of 640m above the mean sea leveland the study area contours vary from 560 m to 660m above MSL. From the project site thehigh elevations were observed towards North East direction and the lowest contours wereobserved in South West direction. While the remaining areas showed variations with respectto contours. Physical map of Karnataka state is given in Figure 3-9. Contour map of projectsite is given in Figure 3-10.

Source: ( http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/DIP-%20Bidar.pdf )

Figure 3-9 Physical map of Karnataka state


of 276

Figure 3-10 Contour map of project site


of 276

3.5.6 Geology of the PIA District

The district is entirely covered by the Deccan trap flows of tertiary period. The Deccan trapsare composed of horizontal flows of basaltic lava. They generally form flat topped hillocksand terrace like features. The physical characteristics of individual flow show considerablevariation. Some flows are hard and massive, while others are weathered, soft and friable.The top layers of the Deccan trap in parts of Bidar are altered to reddish vesicular lateriteforming extensive undulating plateau. The entire study area is covered by the Lateriteformation. Geology map of the PIA district is given in Figure 3-11.

Figure 3-11Geology Map of PIA District

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District

Physiographically, the district can be divided into two regions. They are northern low landand southern high land. The southern high land is popularly known as Bidar plateau, whichis made up of laterite. The ground altitude of Bidar district is varying from 420 to 684 mabove MSL. Bidar plateau has an elevation range from 640 to 684 m above MSL. Theground surface is flat, gently sloping forming broad valleys and flat topped hills. The flattopped hills with step like sides exhibit the terraced landscape. Geomorphology Map of studyarea is given in Figure 3-13 which shows that major part of the study area is covered byDenudational Origin - Pediment/Pediplain Complex 83.91%, Structural Origin- ModeratelyDissected Lower Plateau 13.14%, Structural Origin- Highely Dissected Lower Plateau 2.09%


of 276

and Water Bodies/Tanks 0.84%. The Geomorphology pattern of study area is shown inFigure 3 12.

Figure 3-12 Geomorphology pattern of study area

13.14%

2.10%


Page 95 of 276



83.92%

2.10% 0.84%Denudational Origin -Pediment/PediplainComplex

Structural Origin -Moderately DissectedUpper Plateau

Structural Origin - LowDissected Upper Plateau

Water Bodies/Tanks


Page 95 of 276



Denudational Origin -Pediment/PediplainComplex

Structural Origin -Moderately DissectedUpper Plateau

Structural Origin - LowDissected Upper Plateau


of 276

Figure 3-13 Geomorphology map of study area


of 276

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District

The entire district is underlain by lava flows of the Deccan trap except small area coveredwith the lateritic capping and is shown in the Figure below. Deccan trap consists ofsuccessive lava flows, almost horizontal in disposition. Individual flows show considerablevariation in physical character, thickness, nature and extent of weathering etc. The basalticlava flows are generally dark, grey, hard and compact in nature. Each lava flow normallyconsists of two units such as lower massive basalt and upper vesicular basalt. Thesecondary minerals like zeolite, quartz, calcite or some earthy or ferruginous material fill thevesicles. Well developed columnar joints and spherical weathering are characteristicfeatures of the massive basalt. The massive basalt and vesicular basalt are similar in termsof composition and texture.

Water bearing properties of formation: Deccan trap basalts are a thick pile of nearlyhorizontal layered formation. The porosity and the permeability change within an individualflow and also from flow to flow and place to place. The weathered portion, joints andfractures in the massive and vesicular units of basalt form the water bearing horizons.Abundance of vesicles with interconnecting nature together with joints and horizontalpartings in the vesicular basalt make it a good aquifer. The red bole bed, occurring as topundulating layer of flow, inhibit movement of ground water as it is composed of mixture offragmentary material and clay particles. Therefore, it acts like an aquiclude and its position inthe lava sequence indicate the presence of permeable water bearing zone underneath.

Occurrence of Groundwater Basalt: In general ground water occurs under water tableconditions in shallow aquifer and semi-confined to confined conditions in deeper aquifer. Thefractured, jointed vesicular basalt and massive basalt when overlain by red bole bed ofconsiderable thickness develops semi-confined to confined conditions. Hence, the red bolebed acts as a confining layer. The red bole bed being clayey in nature also acts as a groundbarrier for the downward movement of water. The weathered and jointed zone of massivebasalt unit and vesicular basalt unit constitute the unconfined aquifer, which are generallytapped by dug well. The semi-confined to confined aquifers are tapped by dug cum bore welland bore well. The presence of columnar joints in massive basalt also helps in theoccurrence and movement of ground water.

Depth to Water Level: The Central Ground Water Board has established 45 hydrographstations. These hydrograph stations are monitored four times in a year, i.e. in the month ofJanuary, May, August and November. The Depth to water level varies within the areadepending on the hydrogeological setup, incidence of rainfall, topographic setting and stageof groundwater development.

Source: ( http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/2012/BIDAR_brochure%202012.pdf )

Hydrogeology of Bidar District is given in

Figure 3-14. The geology of project site covers of alluvium and having an yield upto 5 litresper second.


of 276

Figure 3-14 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA DistrictThe drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-dendritic to dendritic and some streamshave a sub parallel drainage to the main river. Major parts of the district are covered byGodavari basin, drained by its two major tributaries the Manjara and the Karanja Rivers. TheManjara River is Perennial River flows over a distance of 155 km in the central parts of thedistrict and flow eastern direction with a meandering course. The Karanja River flows innorthern-western direction for 74km with Karanja reservoir being major water source. Theriver Mullamari takes its origin near Matala village of Basavakalyan taluk flows from west toeast length of 38 Sq.km and then flows into Gulbarga district and joins the river Kagna.TheKagna River is one of the main tributary of Bhima river. Besides, there are several streams,which are of ephemeral in nature. The drainage pattern in the district varies from sub-dendritic to dendritic and some streams has a sub parallel drainage to the main river. Otherthan canals and drainage there are no major rivers flowing within 10 Km radius. Drainagemap of the study area showing 10Km is given in Figure 3-15.


of 276

Figure 3-15 Drainage map of the study area


of 276

3.5.10 Soils in PIA District

The two important types of soils noticed in the district are black soils and lateritic soils.

Black Soils: Major parts of the district are comprised of black soils and are derived fromDeccan traps. These are deep black in colour and their texture varies from loam to clay.Lime concentration in his soil is high resulting in poor infiltration capacities. Their infiltrationcharacteristics are poor to moderate. This type of soils covers mainly in areas lying below610 m contour and along the valley portions.

Lateritric Soils: A Latertic soil is confined to the central portion of the district. Latertic soilsare pale to bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature. This soil has moderate togood infiltration characteristics. This type of soils covers mainly in areas lying above 610 mcontour.

The study falls in the soil order of Entisols and Vertisols type. They are in semiarid to moistareas. They formed primarily under forest or mixed vegetative cover and are productive formost crops. Entisols are commonly found at the site of recently deposited materials(e.g., alluvium), or in parent materials resistant to weathering (e.g. sand). Entisol soils alsooccur in areas where a very dry or cold climate limits soil profile development. Productivitypotential of Entisols varies widely, from very productive alluvial soils found on floodplains, tolow fertility/productivity soils found on steep slopes or in sandy areas. Vertisols are usuallyvery dark in color, with widely variable organic matter content (1 – 6%). They typically form inCa and Mg rich materials such as limestone, basalt, or in areas of topographic depressionsthat collect these elements leached from uplands. Vertisols are most commonly formed inwarm, subhumid or semi-arid climates, where the natural vegetation is predominantly grass,savanna, open forest, or desert shrub. Soil Map of Karnataka is given in Figure 3-16.

Figure 3-16 Soil Map of Karnataka State


of 276

3.5.11 Cyclones & Depressions, Winds and Coastal Erosion in PIA District

Karnataka state has been confronting various natural hazards. The coastal districts namelyDakshina Kannada, Udupi, Uttara Kannada with a coastal line of 322 kms and coastalpopulation of 43.64 Lakhs are under the direct threat of cyclones and severe cyclonesoriginating in Arabian Sea and indirect attack of cyclones originating along the Easterncoastline. Almost all the districts in Karnataka are facing the brunt of moderate to severefloods. Floods are associated with cloud bursts, cyclones or depressions in the Bay ofBengal and Arabian Sea. The floods are quite common in the following districts; viz 8Belgaum, Bijapur, Bagalkote, Raichur, Gulbarga, Shivmaoga, Chikkamagalur, Udupi, Coorg,Bellary, Dakshina Kannada, Dharwad, Davanagere, Gadag, Hassan, Uttara Kannada,Koppal, Bidar, Bangalore (R), Bangalore(U), Kolar, Mandya, Mysore, Chamarajanagar. TheState has been placed under Category (II) A - Low Vulnerability along with other states ofMaharashtra, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. As per Karnataka wind hazard map of Bidar district isfalling under Moderate damage risk zone. Karnataka wind Hazard Map is given in Figure3-17.

Figure 3-17 Wind Hazard Map of Karnataka


of 276

3.5.12 Seismicity

As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the projectlocation/study area falls in semi-arid region and the climate of the area is generally hot.Theproject site and surrounding study region falls in Zone II – Least active to Seismic Intensity.The seismicity map of India is shown in Figure 3-18.

Figure 3-18 Seismicity Map of India

3.6 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site and is anindispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant changes, inpredominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter, summer and post-monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The baseline status of airenvironment in the study area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillanceprogramme.


of 276

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The principal weatherparameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in the surroundings are windspeed, wind direction and temperature. The meteorological data is useful for properinterpretation of the baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models forpredicting the post project environmental scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due toproposed utilities like boiler & DG sets, etc.

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters ware obtained fromthe IMD Climatological tables. In addition, baseline meteorological data (primary data) wasgenerated during the study period (March-May 2017). The methodology adopted formonitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of IndianStandards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is Bidar.The Climatological data for Bidar (17 32’ N and 77o 32’ E), published by the IMD, based ondaily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period, is presented in thefollowing sections on the meteorological conditions of the region. The monthly variations ofthe relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4 Climatological Summary – Bidar Region (1971-2000)

MonthTemp (oC) Rainfall

(mm)RelativeHumidity

(%)

Station LevelPressure

hPaMeanWind

Speed(m/s)

Predominant WindDirections

(From)*

DailyMax.

DailyMin. Total

No.of

days08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 28.6 16.3 6.5 0.4 64 41 15.1 14.2 2.4 SW NE

Feb 31.6 18.5 5.3 0.6 56 34 15.0 14.3 2.6 SW NE

Mar 35.3 22.0 10.4 0.9 48 31 16.2 16.0 2.6 SW NE

Apr 37.8 24.5 23.7 2.0 48 32 19.3 18.0 2.8 SW NE

May 38.8 25.5 28.5 3.1 55 37 22.9 21.1 3.4 NW NW

Jun 33.4 23.0 135.8 8.3 78 58 25.6 24.4 5.0 SW SW

Jul 29.8 21.7 191.4 11.1 84 66 24.9 24.3 5.2 SW SW

Aug 28.7 21.3 213.3 11.9 85 70 24.4 24.5 4.5 SW W

Sep 29.9 21.5 148.4 8.3 81 66 24.2 23.6 3.0 NW NW

Oct 30.1 20.7 104.4 5.7 71 56 21.6 19.9 2.2 NE NE

Nov 28.4 18.1 32.1 1.4 64 49 17.6 16.5 2.3 NE NE

Dec 27.5 15.9 5.1 0.5 62 43 14.9 13.8 2.3 SE NE

Max. 38.8 25.5 213.3 11.9 85 70 25.6 24.4 5.2 Predominant WindDirectionsMin. 27.5 15.9 5.1 0.4 48 31 14.9 13.8 2.2


of 276

MonthTemp (oC) Rainfall

(mm)RelativeHumidity

(%)

Station LevelPressure

hPaMeanWind

Speed(m/s)

Predominant WindDirections

(From)*

DailyMax.

DailyMin. Total

No.of

days08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Avg/Total

29.4 18.2 904.9 54.2 82 53 20.8 18.1 3.21st -SW2nd--NE

As per the above Climatological Table 3-4 the observations drawn are the following.

Daily maximum temperature is 38.8oC in the months of May and the daily minimumtemperature is 15.9oC in the months of December were recorded respectively.

Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 85% and 31% were recorded in themonths of August and March respectively.

Maximum and minimum rainfall of 213.3 mm and 5.1 mm was recorded in themonths of August and December respectively.

Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed during the study period is 5.2 m/s in themonths of July and 2.2 m/s in the months of October. From the above it is noticedthat annual predominant wind pattern is from South West to North East.

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period

Meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement duringstudy period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Meteorological data wascollected for the study period from secondary source for; summer season (March-May2017). The wind rose of the study period is given in Figure 3-19.

Figure 3-19 Specific Windrose for the Study Period (March to May 2017)(Source: www.wunderground.com)


of 276

3.7 Site Specific Meteorological data during Study Period

The Site Specific meteorological data of study period was used for interpretation of baselinestatus and to simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in modelingstudies. Site Specific Meteorology Data for Study Period (March-May 2017) is provided inTable 3-5.

Table 3-5 Meteorology Data for Study Period (March-May 2017)S. No Parameter Observation

1.Temperature

Min Temperature : 200C Max Temperature : 420C Avg Temperature : 30.10C

2. Relative Humidity Range 43 to 63 %3. Average Wind Speed 2.7 m/s4. Predominant Wind Direction SW to NE

3.7.1 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at the siteduring the study period are as follows:

Average atmospheric temperature : 30.10C Average Relative humidity : 53.6 % Average Wind speed : 2.7m/s

The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and average windspeed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the graph plottedbased on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily inversion level at theproject site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM,March 2017. This is shown in Figure 3-20.

Figure 3-20 Hourly variation of the mixing heights

3.8 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following: Topography/Terrain Meteorological conditions Residential and sensitive areas within the study area


of 276

Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and Representation of likely impacted areas

3.8.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, Eight (08) monitoring locations havebeen identified as per IMD Climatological data-Bidar Region (1971-2000). The annual windpredominant is from South West to North East. A map showing the air monitoring locations isgiven Figure 3-20 and the details of the locations are given in Table 3-6.

Table 3-6 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring LocationsStationCode Location Type of

WindGeographicalCoordinates

Distance (km) fromProject boundary

AzimuthDirections

A1 Project Site - 17°45'56.03"N77° 5'37.23"E Within Site

A2 Dhumansur d/w 17°47'29.17"N77° 7'20.20"E 4.03 NE

A3 Maniknagar d/w 17°47'2.45"N77° 6'38.78"E 2.60 NE

A4 Homnabad c/w 17°46'13.95"N77° 7'52.01"E 3.86 ENE

A5 Hankuni c/w 17°42'49.20"N77° 8'24.53"E 7.27 SE

A6 Basantpura u/w 17°44'40.86"N77° 4'57.44"E 2.49 SW

A7 Mustapura u/w 17°43'23.48"N77° 3'38.97"E 5.67 SW

A8 Rajeshwar c/w 17°47'38.40"N77° 2'43.36"E 5.88 WNW


of 276

Figure 3-21 Map showing the ambient air quality monitoring locations


of 276

3.8.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover 12weeks), i.e. during Summer Season (March-May 2017). PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, Pb, NH3 ,C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni, were monitored on 24 hourly basis and O3 and CO were monitored oneight hourly basis and VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S are monitored on 2 hourly basis. Samplingwas carried out as per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at eachlocation. Analytical methods used for analysis of parameters are given in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality ParametersS.No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Sampling

Time

1. Sulphur Dioxide(SO2), μg/m3

IS:5182(Part-2):2001(Reaff:2006) 50 (Annual) 80(24

Hours) 24 Hours

2. Nitrogen Dioxide(NO2), μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 6):2006 40 (Annual) 80 (24

Hours) 24 Hours

3. Particulate Matter(PM2.5), μg/m3

IS: 5182 (Part - 23):2006 40 (Annual) 60 (24

hours) 24 Hours

4. Particulate Matter(PM10), μg/m3

IS:5182 (Part– 23):2006 60 (Annual) 100 (24

hours) 24 Hours

5. CO mg/m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999(Reaff:2006) 2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours

6. Pb μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–22):2004(Reaff:2006) 0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours

7. O3, μg/m3 IS: 5182 (Part – 9):1974 100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours

8. NH3, μg/m3APHA(air) 2nd edition(Indophenol-bluemethod)

100(Annual) 400(24hours)

8 Hours

9. Benzene, μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–11):1999(RA:2009) 5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours

10. Benzo (a) pyrene,ng/m3

IS:5182(Part–12):2004(RA:2009) 1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours

11. Arsenic, ng/ m3 APHA (air) 2nd edition 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours

12.Volatile OrganicCompounds(ppm)

PID (Photo-IonizationDetection) Method -- -- 2 Hours

13. Chlorine (µg/m3) IS 5182 (part19):1982(Ref 2003) -- -- 2 Hours

14. Hydrochloric acid(µg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

15. Hydrobromic acid(µg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours

16. Hydrogensulphide (µg/m3)

IS 5182 (part 7) :1973(Ref 2003) -- -- 2 Hours

17. Hydrogen fluoride(µg/m3) NIOSH Method -- -- 2 Hours


of 276

3.8.2.1 Observations

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As,Ni, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr & H2S are monitoried out of which 12 parameters are compared withNational Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, November, 2009.Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data (March - May 2017) for the study area is given in Table3-8 and trends of measured ambient concentrations in the study area were graphicallyrepresented in Figure 3-22.


of 276

Table 3-8: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

ParametersConc.

NAAQStandards

Locations

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

Project Site Dhumansur Maniknagar Homnabad Hankuni Basantpura Mustapura Rajeshwar

PM10 Conc. (µg/m³)

Min.

100(24 Hours)

58.4 46.5 46.3 45.6 41.6 51.6 40.6 43.5

Max. 79.6 58.6 66.8 62.3 68.9 68.9 69.8 72.1

Avg. 67.5 52.4 55.7 49.6 52.1 58.9 57.1 61.0

98th ‘tile 79.3 57.8 64.8 58.7 64.0 68.7 67.2 71.2

PM2.5 Conc. (µg/m3)

Min.

60(24 Hours)

20.8 14.6 22.4 18.4 17.6 15.8 12.2 21.3

Max. 39.6 26.8 36.5 33.5 28.6 35.6 25.6 35.4

Avg. 27.8 21.7 26.8 24.5 21.6 25.3 20.7 26.3

98th ‘tile 35.8 26.8 34.2 32.6 27.8 33.7 25.1 33.0

SO2 Conc. (µg/m3)

Min.

80(24 Hours)

9.5 7.8 11.2 7.5 8.8 7.8 7.8 7.8

Max. 20.1 24.5 21.6 21.6 19.2 21.6 21.3 21.4

Avg. 16.1 12.6 14.8 15.3 12.6 14.4 13.6 14.2

98th ‘tile 20.1 20.8 21.1 21.5 17.5 21.0 20.9 20.8

NO2 Conc.(µg/m3)

Min.

80(24 Hours)

24.1 20.1 22.3 22.1 19.2 21.3 20.1 23.4

Max. 34.5 33.2 33.2 32.5 26.5 34.5 30.1 30.1

Avg., 30.0 26.4 28.3 28.1 23.2 26.3 24.0 27.0

98th ‘tile 34.3 32.3 32.9 32.5 26.5 33.6 29.4 30.1

Pb (μg/m3) Avg. 1(24 hour) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05) BDL (0.05)

CO (mg/m3) Avg. 4(1hour) 0.56 0.45 0.55 0.74 0.42 0.51 0.48 0.51


of 276

O3 (μg/m3) Avg. 180(1hour) BDL (10) BDL (10) BDL (10) BDL (10) BDL (10) BDL (10) BDL (10) BDL (10)

NH3 (μg/m3) Avg. 400(24 hours) BDL (5) BDL (5) BDL (5) BDL (5) BDL (5) BDL (5) BDL (5) BDL (5)

Benzene (μg/m3) Avg. 5(Annual) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1)

Benzo (a) pyrene, (ng/m3) Avg. 1(Annual) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1)

Arsenic (ng/ m3) Avg. 6(Annual) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2)

Nickel (ng/m3) Avg. 20(Annual)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

BDL(DL 10)

Volatile Organic Compounds(ppm) Avg. - 4.6 1.3 2.4 3.6 BDL(0.1) 2.8 BDL(0.1) BDL(0.1)

Chlorine(µg/m3) Avg. - BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)BDL

(DL 145)Hydrochloric acid(µg/m3) Avg. - BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)BDL

(DL 140)Hydrobromic acid(µg/m3) Avg. - BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)BDL

(DL 35)Hydrogen sulphide(µg/m3) Avg. - BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6) BDL(DL 6)

Hydrogen fluoride (µg/m3) Avg. - BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

BDL(DL 350)

Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)


of 276

Figure 3-22 Trends of Measured Ambient Air Pollutants Concentrations in the StudyArea

3.8.2.2 Results and Discussions

Maximum concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6, C20H12, As,Ni,are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial andResidential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period.The ambient air qualityhas been monitored at 8 locations and 12 parameters are compared to standards as perNAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The baseline averages values ranges from PM10(49.6-67.5µg/m³), PM2.5(20.7-27.8µg/m³), SO2 (12.6-16.1 µg/m³), NO2(23.2-30.0µg/m³), CO (0.42-0.74mg/m3),all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards forIndustrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the studyperiod from March 2017 to May 2017.

3.9 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the resultant (total)of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that location. The ambientnoise level at a location varies continuously depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight (08)locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during, the study period usingprecision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area were selectedafter giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The land use categoriesinclude commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels were recorded on anhourly basis for one complete day at each location using pre- calibrated noise levels. A mapshowing the noise monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-23.


of 276

Figure 3-23: Map showing the noise monitoring locations


of 276

3.9.1 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent(Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours. Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours.

The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln)with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories areshown in the Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

S.No Location Location

Code

Distance(km) from

Projectboundary

AzimuthDirection

Noise level indB(A) Leq

CPCBStandard Environme

ntal SettingDay Night Lday(Ld)

LNight(Ln)

1 Project Site N1 Within Site 77.2 74.6 75 70 Industrial2 Dhumansur N2 4.03 NE 56.4 48.1 55 45 Residential3 Maniknagar N3 2.60 NE 58.5 47.3 55 45 Residential4 Homnabad N4 3.86 ENE 66.7 59.4 65 55 Commercial5 Hankuni N5 7.27 SE 62.5 58.3 55 45 Residential6 Basantpura N6 2.49 SW 55.8 45.7 55 45 Residential7 Mustapura N7 5.67 SW 57.3 42.1 55 45 Residential8 Rajeshwar N8 5.88 WNW 52.2 48.5 55 45 Residential

3.9.2 Observations

In industrial area, Day equivalent noise level (Ld) 77.2 dB (A) and Night equivalentnoise level (Ln) is 74.6 dB (A).

In Commercial area, Day equivalent noise level (Ld) 66.7 dB (A) and Night equivalentnoise level (Ln) is 59.4 dB (A).

In residential area, Day equivalent noise levels (Ld) ranged from 52.2 dB (A) to 62.5dB (A) and Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) ranged from 42.1 dB (A) to 58.3 dB (A).

The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels inIndustrial area, Commercial and in Residential area are slightly exceeding the limitprescribed by MoEF&CC.


of 276

3.10 Water Environment

3.10.1 Surface Water Resources

The district has two river basins, the Godavari and the Krishna. Major parts ofthe district are covered by Godavari basin, drained by its two major tributaries the Manjraand the Karanja Rivers. The Godavari basin extends to over 4,411 Km2 of which Manjracovers up to 1,989 Km2 and Karanja up to 2,422 Km2. The Manjra River is Perennial Riverflows over a distance of 155 Km in the central part of the district and flows in easterndirection with a meandering course. Mainly the source of water in the region is from thegroundwater. There only few water bodies within the study area. There are no PerennialRiver flows within the study area.

3.10.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment

To establish the baseline status of water environment, the existing representative samplinglocations for surface water within a radial distance of 10Km from project site have beenselected as per CPCB guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey ofthe project area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters are given inTable 3-10.

Table 3-10: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parametersS. No Parameter Measured Test Method1. pH (at 25°C) IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)2. Electrical Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006)3. Color IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006)4. Total Hardness as CaCO3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006)5. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009)6. Cadmium IS:3025 (Part 41) 19917. Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part - 32) 1988(Reaff 2009)8. Total Dissolved Solids IS:3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006)9. Aluminium as Al IS:3025 (Part - 55) 2003 (Reaff 2009)10. Chromium as Cr IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009)11. Lead as Pb IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009)12. Zinc as Zn IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009)13. Sodium as Na IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006)14. Temperature IS:3025 (Part - 9) 1983 (Reaff 2006)15. Chemical oxygen demand as O2 IS:3025 (Part-58)-200616. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009)17. Salinity -18. Copper as Cu IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009)19. BOD,5 days @200C as O2 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

The prevailing status of water quality at Eight (08) sampling locations for surface water hasbeen assessed during the study period are presented in Table 3-11. Surface water quality


of 276

results are provided in Table 3-12. A map showing the surface water monitoring locations isgiven as Figure 3-24 and Surface Water Sampling Photographs are provided inFigure 3-25

Table 3-11: Details of Surface water sampling locationsS.No Name of the Water body Distance from Project

Boundary Direction from project boundary

1 Kankatta 7.61 N

2 Dhumansur Tanda 5.27 NE

3 Canal Near Chandri Halla (u/s) 1.21 NW

4 Canal Near Maniknagar (d/s) 2.46 ENE

5 Vanjre 2.01 ESE

6 Kattalli 4.03 SE

7 Hallikhed K Lake 8.70 SSW



of 276

Figure 3-24: Map showing the surface water monitoring locations


of 276

Figure 3-25 Surface Water Sampling Photographs


of 276

Table 3-12: Surface Water Monitoring ResultsS.No Name of the

parameter Units SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1. Source - Pond Lake Canal Canal Pond Lake Lake reservoir

2. Colour Hazen BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL 1)

BDL(DL 1)

3. pH at 25°C - 6.66 7.67 7.03 7.72 7.98 7.78 7.58 7.14

4. Turbidity NTU 5 14 16 10 20 16 12 8

5. Total SuspendedSolids mg/l 10 28 32 20 40 32 28 16

6. ElectricalConductivity@25◦C µmhos/cm 181 378 354 177 272 447 365 522

7. Total DissolvedSolids mg/l 64 165 158 62 118 215 208 328

8. Total Alkalinity asCaCO3 mg/l 90 160 130 80 50 190 147 152

9. Total Hardness asCaCO3 mg/l 40 140 70 30 100 110 82 143

10. Sodium as Na mg/l 7 12 17 8 7 18 10 12

11. Potassium as K mg/l BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) 2 BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) 2 BDL(DL 1) 5

12. Calcium as Ca mg/l 20 40 32 28 40 44 36 54

13. Magnesium as Mg mg/l BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) 2

14. Carbonate mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

15. Bicarbonate mg/l 109 195 158 97 61 231 168 185

16. Chloride as Cl mg/l 15.67 25.47 37.2 17.63 13.71 39.19 28.4 24.2

17. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 5.52 17.03 20.26 8.63 13.49 28.28 19.6 10.2

18. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) 1.1

19. Phosphate mg/l BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)


of 276

20. Sulphides mg/l BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1) BDL(DL1)

21. Fluoride as F mg/l BDL(DL 0.2) BDL(DL 0.2)

BDL(DL 0.2)

BDL(DL 0.2)

BDL(DL 0.2)

BDL(DL 0.2)

BDL(DL 0.2)

BDL(DL 0.2)

22. Cyanide mg/l BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

23. Arsenic mg/l BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

24. Cadmium mg/l BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

25. Chromium mg/l BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

26. Copper mg/l BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL 0.01) 0.05 0.03 BDL

(DL0.01)BDL

(DL0.01)27. Iron mg/l 0.05 0.62 1.07 0.13 0.25 4.7 0.19 0.21

28. Lead mg/l BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

29. Manganese mg/l BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

30. Mercury mg/l BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

31. Nickel mg/l BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

32. Selenium mg/l BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

33. Zinc mg/l BDL (DL 0.1) BDL (DL0.1)

BDL (DL0.1)

BDL (DL0.1)

BDL (DL0.1)

BDL (DL0.1)

BDL (DL0.1)

BDL (DL0.1)

34. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.2 5.2 5 5.4 5.3 5.2 5.5 5.1

35. COD mg/l 24 30 36 24 36 30 27 21

36. BOD 3days @27°C mg/l 2 3 4 2 4 3 2 3

BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit


of 276


Summary of analytical results

Surface water samples are compared with IS 2296:1992 In the surface water the pH varies between 6.66-7.98 Total Dissolved Solids range varies between 62mg/l – 328 mg/l TSS ranges 10 mg/l to 40 mg/l The chloride content in the surface water for study area is ranges between 13.71

mg/l – 39.19mg/l. The sulphate content of the surface water of the study area varies between 5.52

mg/l – 28.28 mg/l. Nitratevaries between BDL to 1.1 mg/l DO varies between 5 to 5.5 mg/l COD ranges from 21 to 36 mg/l BOD ranges from 2 to 4 mg/l The Total hardness ranges is between 30 mg/l - 143 mg/l.

3.10.3 Ground water resources

The resource estimation and categorization is carried out as per the recommendations of‘Ground Water Resources Estimation Methodology - 97 (GEM-97) considering water shedas a unit. Water shed and hydrological boundaries do not match with the administrativeboundaries. As a result different parts of taluk fall indifferent watersheds having differentstages of ground water development and categorization. Pro-rata approach to consolidatethe watershed data into Taluk wise data gives only details on ground water resource, draft,and additional irrigation potential. Pro rata approach cannot be applied for taluk, as a unit, asfar as stage of development and categorization is concerned. It is observed that Aurad andHumanabad taluks are completely under safe category. 88% of Bhalki and 91% ofBasavakalyan taluks are safe and 79% of Bidar taluk is safe while rest of 21% comes underover exploited area. No area comes under the category of semi-critical. The overall stage ofgroundwater development in the district has reached 56.68%. Thus regionally the situationappears to be quite good, however few areas of the district have attained overexploitedstage. In such areas site specific recharge structures coupled with water conservationmeasures are the need of the hour.

The groundwater potential of the gross geographical area of the basin is estimated on pro-rata basis from the district-wise groundwater resources-2008 published by the CentralGroundwater Board (CGWB) as given in Table 3 13. Status of Ground Water Utilisation ofBidar District is given in Figure 3 26 and Depth of water level is given in Figure 3 27.

Table 3-13: Groundwater Potential in Humnabad Taluk as on 31st march 2009Attribute Potential /Quantity

Net Annual groundwater availability 2386 hamExisting Gross Ground Water Draft For Irrigation 1012 hamExisting Gross Ground Water Draft For Domestic And IndustrialWater Supply 152 ham

Existing Gross Ground Water Draft For All Uses 1165 ham


of 276

Attribute Potential /QuantityNet Ground Water Availability For Future Irrigation Development 1188 hamExisting Stage Of Ground Water Development 49%Status Safe

Source: District-wise groundwater resources-2008 published by the Central Groundwater Board(CGWB)

Figure 3-26: Status of Ground Water Utilisation of Bidar District


of 276

Figure 3-27: Status Water Depth

3.10.3.1 Ground water Quality

Mainly the source of water in the region is from the groundwater and there are no Majorrivers crossing within the study area. Total Eight (8) ground water monitoring locations wereidentified for assessment in different villages around the project site based on the usage ofsub surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results arecompared with the desirable and permissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500(2012) for drinking water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and results are given inTable 3-14 and Table 3-15. A map showing the ground water monitoring locations is giveninFigure 3-28 and ground water sampling photographs is provided in Figure 3-29

Table 3-14: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring LocationsStation Code Location Distance (km) from

Project boundaryAzimuth

DirectionsGW1 Project Site Within SiteGW2 Dhumansur 4.03 NEGW3 Maniknagar 2.60 NEGW4 Homnabad 3.86 ENEGW5 Hankuni 7.27 SEGW6 Basantpura 2.49 SWGW7 Mustapura 5.67 SWGW8 Rajeshwar 5.88 WNW


of 276

Figure 3-28 Map showing the ground water monitoring locations


of 276

Figure 3-29 Groundwater sampling Photographs


of 276

Table 3-15: Ground Water Monitoring Results

S.No Parameters Unit

DWStandards (IS10500:2012)Acceptable

Limit

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW-5 GW-6 GW7 GW8

1. Source - Bore Well Hand Pump Bore Well Bore Well Bore Well Bore Well well Bore Well

2. Colour Hazen 5 BDL (DL 1.0) BDL (DL 1.0) BDL (DL 1.0) BDL (DL 1.0) BDL (DL 1.0) BDL (DL 1.0) BDL (DL1.0)

BDL (DL1.0)

3. pH - 6.5 to 8.5 7.01 7.36 7.46 7.47 7.21 8.12 7.58 6.65

4. Turbidity NTU 1 2 5 7 1 1 1 14 BDL(DL0.1)

5. Total Suspended Solids mg/l - 4 10 14 2 2 2 28 BDL(DL 1)

6. Electrical Conductivity25◦C

µmhos/cm - 242 1181 997 990 311 736 823 221

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 112 584 475 474 132 348 398 1028. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 200 110 420 310 160 110 290 210 80

9. Total Hardness asCaCO3 mg/l 200 20.3 380 300 250 10.5 310 180 70

10. Sodium as Na mg/l - 10 62 66 105 13 25 62 811. Potassium as k mg/l - 1 4 8 7 1 2 4 112. Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 32 112 100 100 20 60 12 2813. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30 BDL(DL 1) 24 12 BDL(DL 1) 9.6 BDL(DL 1) 36 BDL(DL 1)14. Carbonate mg/l - Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil NIL NIL15. Bicarbonate mg/l - 134 512 378 195 134 195 256 9716. Chlorides as Cl- mg/l 250 21.55 127.37 127.37 220.46 27.73 52.91 129.33 19.5917. Sulphate (SO4) mg/l 200 19.34 28.13 40.3 10.34 12.47 18.03 34.98 8.3818. Nitrates(NO3) mg/l 45 BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1) BDL(DL 1)

19. Phosphate mg/l - BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

BDL (DL0.02)

20. Fluoride as F- mg/l 1 BDL(DL 0.05) 0.74 BDL(DL 0.05) BDL(DL 0.05) 0.56 0.38 BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)


of 276

21. Sulphides mg/l 0.05 BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

BDL(DL1)

22. % Sodium % - 21.10 26.01 31.68 46.85 23.77 26.27 42.46 19.61

23. Sodium Absorbtion ratio(SAR) - 0.49 1.39 1.66 2.89 0.60 0.89 2.02 0.42

24. Oil & Grease mg/l - BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

BDL(DL4)

25. Arsenic mg/l 0.01 BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

26. Cyanide mg/l 0.05 BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

27. Cadmium mg/l 0.003 BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

28. Chromium mg/l 0.05 BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

29. Copper mg/l 0.05 BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

BDL(DL0.01)

30. Iron mg/l 0.3 0.06 0.04 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.25 0.19 0.11

31. Lead mg/l 0.01 BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

32. Manganese mg/l 0.1 BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

33. Mercury mg/l 0.001 BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001)

34. Nickel mg/l 0.02 BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

BDL(DL0.05)

35. Selenium mg/l 0.01 BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005)

36. Zinc mg/l 5 BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL (DL 0.1) BDL

(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

37. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l - 5.6 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.6 5.8 5.6 5.6

38. BOD 3days @27°C mg/l - BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL(DL 1.0)

BDL – Below Detection Limit; DL – Detection Limit


of 276


A summary of analytical results are presented below: In the ground water the pH varies between 6.65-8.12, which is meeting the IS

10500:2012 for Drinking Water. The Total Dissolved Solids range varies between 102 mg/l -584 mg/l for the ground

water and few samples exceeded the acceptable limit of IS 10500:2012. TSS ranges from BDL to 28 mg/l Nitrate, BOD & COD is BDL DO ranges between 5.6 to 5.8 mg/l The desirable limit of the Chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000

mg/l. The chloride content in the ground water for study area ranges between 19.59mg/l – 220.46mg/l.

The desirable limit of the Sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is 400mg/l.The Sulphate content of the ground water of the study area varies between 8.38 mg/l– 40.3 mg/l meeting the desirable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

The Total hardness range is between 10.5 mg/l – 380 mg/l for few samplesacceptable limit of IS 10500: 2012 exceeds.

3.11 Soil as a Resource and its Quality

Two types of soils founds in the district are Lateritic red soil and black cotton soil. Aurad andBhalki taluks have mainly black cotton soil. Bidar and Humnabad taluks have mainly lateriticred soil. Basavakalyan taluk has both types of soils. The predominant soils in the study areawere Lateritic soils are paleto bright red in colour and clay to clayey loam in nature.

3.11.1 Soil quality

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land usecategories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations inthe study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoringlocations & results are given in Table 3-16&Table 3-17. Map showing the soil monitoringlocations is given asFigure 3-28.

Table 3-16: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

Location Code Location Distance (Km)w.r.t project site

Directionw.r.t. project site

S1 Project Site Within SiteS2 Dhumansur 4.03 NES3 Maniknagar 2.60 NES4 Homnabad 3.86 ENES5 Hankuni 7.27 SES6 Basantpura 2.49 SWS7 Mustapura 5.67 SWS8 Rajeshwar 5.88 WNW


of 276

Figure 3-30: Map showing the soil monitoring locations


of 276

Table 3-17: Soil Quality Monitoring ResultsS.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 Colour - Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown

2 Soil Texture - Sandy ClayLoam Clay

Sandy ClayLoam

Sandy ClayLoam Clay

Sandy ClayLoam Loam Clay

3 Sand % 62.46 42.68 48.22 52.4 22.43 54.38 47.66 38.484 Silt % 13.34 13.84 19.37 12.98 13.37 11.64 29.76 11.095 Clay % 24.2 43.48 32.41 34.62 64.2 33.98 22.58 50.436 pH - 7.38 7.22 7.12 7.41 7.24 7.06 7.13 7.687 Electrical Conductivity µmhos/cm 61.6 87.5 61.9 76.5 72.4 69.2 69.4 90.38 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 62 42 47 50 22 54 45 389 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.18 1.25 1.22 1.32 1.22 1.28 1.24 1.2

10 Cation ExchangeCapacity meq/100 gm 1.28 1.24 1.92 1.13 2.54 1.14 1.86 1.25

11 Moisture content % 3.78 2.92 2.93 7.46 3.74 7.4 3.02 2.8712 Water Holding Capacity % 19.62 20.54 22.34 19.96 21.64 22.3 19.98 20.8413 Organic Carbon % 1.11 1.54 0.99 1.22 1.13 1.2 1.01 1.5614 Organic matter % 1.93 2.65 1.7 2.1 1.94 2.06 1.74 2.6815 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 864 243 798 912 745 576 821 12416 Phosphorus kg/ha 4.87 39.18 43.89 6.42 4.92 6.5 44.38 39.0217 Potassium kg/ha 4.1 5.6 4.3 6.27 4.41 6.02 4.78 5.5118 Calcium % 80 36 40 74 78 80 36 4019 Magnesium % 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 2420 Boron mg/kg BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)21 Cadmium mg/kg BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)23 Iron mg/kg 2.81 1.36 1.11 1.26 2.21 1.24 1.36 1.3324 Manganese mg/kg BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1) BDL(DL 0.1)25 Phosphate mg/kg 14.9 119.8 128.6 19.64 15.05 21.22 135.8 87.6926 Na mg/kg 214.6 245.3 189.6 216.3 207.8 196.8 221.4 206.7


of 276

3.11.2 Results and Discussions

A summary of analytical results are presented below:

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.06-7.68 As the EC(61.6-90.3 μS/cm.) value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be

non-saline in nature The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 19.62-22.34 (%). Nitrogen content ranged from 124 kg/ha to 912kg/ha Phosphorous ranged from 4.87 to 44.38 kg/ha Potassium content ranges from 4.1 to 6.27 kg/ha

3.12 Biological Environment

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects forEnvironmentalImpact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation ofenvironmental quality andbiodiversity.

Generally, biological communities are the good indicator of climatic and edaphicfactors.Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in environmentalimpactassessment for safety of natural flora and fauna information on the impact ofenvironmentalstress on community structure serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning systemto check the damage to a particular ecosystem. The biological environment includes mainlyterrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem.

The study of terrestrial ecology within the study area of 10 Km radius has been carried outthrough field investigation as well as Secondary data collected.

3.12.1 Flora

This section describes terrestrial ecology of the area based on reconnaissance survey andinformation gathered from secondary data available for the area. List of florareported/observed in the study area is given in Table 3-18.

Table 3-18: List of Flora Observed in the Study AreaS.No Botanical Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status

1. Acacia catechu Fabaceae Arabic Gum NA2. Acacia farnesiana Mimosaceae Mimosa NA3. Aconitum

heterophyllum Ranunculacea Indian Atees NA

4. Adenanthera pavonina Legumes Sandalwoodtree NA5. Adina cordifolia Rubiaceae Kadam NA6. Aesuclus indica Sapindaceae Indian Horse Chestnut NA7. Alamgium lamarckii Alangiaceae Akola NA8. Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Blackboard Tree, Devil

TreeLC

9. Annona squamosa Annonaceae Sugar Apple NA10. Anthocephalus

cadamba Rubiaceae Burflower-Tree, Laran NA


of 276

11. Anthocephalusparviflora Malvaceae Rungia Parviflora NA

12. Antiaris toxicaria Moraceae Bark Cloth Tree NA13. Aquilaria agallocha Thymelaceae Garwood, Aloeswood, NA14. Artocarpus hirsuta Moraceae Aini, Aini-Maram, Aani NA15. Arundinarea aristida Poaceae Giant Cane NA16. Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Neem tree LC17. Bassia latifolia Sapotaceae Indian Butter Tree NA18. Bauhinia racemosa Fabaceae Bidi Leaf Tree NA19. Bauhinia variegata Legumes Kachnar, Orchid Tree LC20. Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Spinous Kino Tree NA21. Calotropis gigantea Apocynaceae Crown Flower NA22. Canarium strictum Burseraceae Black Dammar NA23. Careya arborea Lecythidaceae Kumbhi NA24. Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karanda NA25. Cassia auriculata Fabaceae Matura Tea Tree NA26. Cassia grandis Fabaceae Coral Shower Tree NA27. Cassia marginata Fabaceae Golden Rain Tree NA28. Casuarina

equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Coast Sheoak NA

29. Cinnamomumcamphora Lauraceae Camphor Tree NA

30. Citrus aurantium Rutaceae Bigarade Orange NA31. Cochlospermum

gossypium cochlospermaceae Buttercup Tree NA

32. Delonix regia Fabaceae Flamboyan LC33. Diospyrose benum Ebenaceae Indian Ebony NA34. Emblica officinalis Phyllanthaceae Indian Gooseberry NA35. Erythrina stricta Fabaceae Bastard Sandal NA36. Erythroxylum

monogynum Erythroxylaceae Red Cedar NA

37. Euphorbia nerifolia Euphorbiaceae Indian Spurge Tree NA38. Ficus benghalensis Moraceae Banyan NA39. Ficus carica Moraceae Anjeer NA40. Ficus elastica Moraceae Rubber Tree NA41. Ficus gibbosa Moraceae Weeping Fig NA42. Ficus glornerata Moraceae Cluster Fig Tree NA43. Ficus religiosa Moraceae Peepal Tree NA44. Ficus retusa Moraceae Cuban-Laurel NA45. Ficus tomentosa Moraceae Itchi NA46. Garcina morella Clusiaceae Indian Gamboge Tree NA47. Garcinia cambogia Clusiaceae Malabar tamarind NA48. Gardenia latifolia Rubiaceae Indian Boxwood NA49. Gelonium lanceolatum Euphorbiaceae South Indian Suregada NA50. Gmelina arborea lamiaceae gamhar NA51. Hardwickia binata Fabaceae Anjan NA52. Helicteres isora Malvaceae East-Indian screw tree NA53. Heritiera littoralis Malvaceae Glass Mangrove LC


of 276

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient, VU-Vulnerable

3.12.2 Fauna

No notified wildlife sanctuaries are situated within the study area. No rare and endangeredfaunalspecies are found in the project area as well as study area.

3.12.3 Mammals

During the preliminary survey, the sighting of wild animals was negligible in the entire studyarea. Hence the assessment of wild life fauna has been carried out on the basis ofinformation collected from the secondary sources. The study area has mammals likeHanuman Monkey or Langur, Fruit Bat, Leopard or panther, Indian Fox, Indian Wild Boar(Wild Pig), etc. List of of fauna observed in the study area is given in Table 3-19.

54. Holarrhenaantidysenterica Apocynaceae Kurchi NA

55. Hopea parviflora Dipterocarpaceae Canopy Trees LC56. Hydnocarpus

wightiana Achariaceae Chaulmoogra NA

57. Ixora parviflora Rubiaceae Ixora NA58. Jatropha curcas Euphorbiaceae Physic Nut NA59. Millingtonia hortensis Bignoniaceae Indian cork tree NA60. Ochlandra Poaceae Ochlandra travancorica NA61. Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae Trumpet Flower NA62. Premna tomentosa Lamiaceae Woolly-Leaved Fire-

Brand TeakNA

63. Pterospermumacerifolium Sterculiaceae Kanak Champa NA

64. Quercus incana Fagaceae Bluejack Oak LC65. Rhus succedanea Anacardiaceae Japanese Wax Tree NA66. Sapindus trifoliatus Sapindaceae South India Soapnut NA67. Saraca indica Fabaceae Ashoka NA68. Sesbania grandiflora Fabaceae Hummingbird Tree NA69. Shorea robusta Dipterocarpaceae Sal Tree LC70. Spondias mangifera Anacardiaceae Mombins NA71. Strychnos nux-vomica Loganiaceae Strychnine Tree NA72. Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kindal Tree NA73. Terrninalia chebula Combretaceae Black- Or Chebulic

MyrobalanNA

74. Tetrameles nudiflora Tetramelaceae Angkor, Cambodia LC75. Toddalia asiatica Rutaceae Orange Climber NA76. Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae False White Teak NA77. Ziziphus jujuba Rhamnaceae Jujube NA


of 276

Table 3-19: List of Fauna Reported/Observed in the Study Area

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -Data Deficient, VU-Vulnerable

3.12.4 Birds

Birds observed in the study area are given in Table 3-20.

Table 3-20: List of Birds Observed in the Study Area

LC- Least Concern, NT- near Threatened, EN- Endangered, NA-Not yet assessed, DD -DataDeficient, VU-Vulnerable

3.13 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influence Area

Bidar district is located in the northern most tip of the State of Karnataka. The totalgeographical area of the district is 5,448 sq.km.Bidar district is surrounded by Gulbargadistrict to the south, Maharashtra State in the West and North. It is bounded on the East byTelangana. The population of the district is 1703300 as per 2011 Census. The malepopulation is 870665 and female population is 832635.The unique feature of the district isthat there are many spoken languages and dialects. As it is close to Maharashtra andTelangana, they speak Kannada, Hindi, Marathi, Urdu and Telugu languages.

3.13.1 Socio Economic Aspects

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with socialand cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study providesinformation such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources,and the status of human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income,agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of thesecharacteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic

S.No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status

1. Antilope cervicapra Bovidae Black bucks LC2. Axis axis Hystricidae Chital LC3. Canis aureus Canidae Jackals LC4. Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae Three Striped Squirrel LC5. Herpestes edwardii Herpestidae Common Mongoose NA6. Lapus nigricallis Leporidae Indian Hare LC7. Presbytis phayrei Cercopithecidae Monkey NA8. Rattus rattus Muridae Rats NA9. Rhinolopus spp. Rhinolophidae Bat NA10. Sus scrofa Suidae Indian Wild Boar (Wild Pig) LC11. Vulpes vulpes Canidae Foxes LC

S. No Scientific Name Family Name Common Name IUCN status1. Ardea cinerea Ardeidae Grey Heron LC2. Ardeola grayii Ardeidae Pond Heron/Paddy Bird LC3. Charadrius dubius Charadriidae Little Ringed Plover LC4. Hydrophasianus chirurgus Jacanidae Pheasant-tailed Jacana LC5. Tringa glareola Scolopacidae Spotted Sandpiper LC6. Corvus Corvidae Common crow NA


of 276

and parameters of human interest due to proposed project developments. The parametersare:

Demographic structure Infrastructure Facility Economic Status Health status Cultural attributes Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

The following Table 3-21 provides the certain important social indicators of Bidar district.

Table 3-21: Bidar District Social Indicators

Source: Census 2011 and HDI

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas.Agriculture is the main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has lowindustrial base. A major proportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation. Theproportion of net area irrigated to net area sown is only 14.18%.

3.13.2 Socio economic Profile of the study area

The study area of 10 km comes under the taluks of Homnabad and basavakalayan of Bidardistrict.

Demographic Profile:1. The study area has equal male (51.04%) and female (48.95%) population.2. The child (0 to 6 years) population also has an equal share of male (51.90%) and

female (48.09%) population.3. The area has 22.61% of Schedule Caste and 16.29 % of the Scheduled Tribe

population.4. The average size of the family is 5.5

The following Table 3-22 shows the detailed demographic details of all the villages studied.

1. Population growth 13.37%2. Population Density (persons per sq.km) 3133. Sex ratio ( no.of women per 1000 males) 9564. Sex ratio 0-6 years 9425. Literacy rate 70.51%6. Schedule Caste population 23.47%7. Schedule Tribe population 13.85%8. Main Workers 34.28%9. Marginal Workers 10.05%10. Urban Population 25%11. Infant Mortality Rate 3112. Maternal Mortality Rate 13413. Institutional Delivery 98%


of 276

Table 3-22: Demographic details of all the villages in the study areaVillage Name Total Household Totol population Male Female Below 6 years Mnale Female Scheduled caste Scheduled tibe5 Km

Homnabad TalukDhumansoor 776 3875 1972 1903 508 266 242 1491 633Gadawanti 786 4194 2145 2049 572 309 263 1560 506Homnabad (TMC) 7972 44483 22797 21686 6040 3130 2910 7131 2822Kathalli 265 1443 729 714 199 108 91 663 342Maniknagar 382 2362 1402 960 287 146 141 127 352Molkhera 463 2851 1458 1393 452 224 228 886 661Basavakalyan talukYerbagh 389 2215 1133 1082 289 147 142 1016 315 to 10 KmHomnabad TalukBorampalli 179 975 469 506 107 57 50 287 133Chinkera 312 1553 790 763 208 101 107 422 718Chitkota 179 991 501 490 138 76 62 322 225Hallikhed (K) 796 4337 2219 2118 610 323 287 962 1655Hankuni 524 2668 1370 1298 450 256 194 778 463Hudgi 1765 9528 4715 4813 1249 659 590 2362 1057Hunsgera 566 3002 1554 1448 402 213 189 798 957Kallur 676 3554 1790 1764 480 247 233 1010 1170Kankatta 994 5554 2837 2717 824 420 404 1284 1093Kappargaon 454 2644 1283 1361 418 205 213 456 497Sindankera 894 4873 2504 2369 687 347 340 1181 976Walkhandi 408 2362 1177 1185 342 174 168 482 986Basavakalyan talukGhoga 150 767 397 370 127 77 50 73 612Islampur 461 2584 1307 1277 369 181 188 830 612


of 276

Lingadhalli 225 1182 617 565 143 83 60 280 234Mustapur 48 271 132 139 26 18 8 106 63Pandargera 360 2243 1144 1099 338 169 169 944 786Rajeshwar 2995 16349 8348 8001 2351 1232 1119 3033 3169Sadlapur 263 1538 797 741 208 102 106 386 342Tadola 749 3952 1973 1979 687 338 349 1064 475

24031 132350 67560 64790 18511 9608 8903 29934 21570Source: 2011 Census


of 276

3.13.3 Employment and Livelihood

The area is predominately agricultural based. Agriculture and its allied activities like cattlerearing, agriculture products selling are their main income sources.

Of the total working population, 78.66% are the main workers as they have regularjob more than six months in a year.

Only 50.57 % of working population involved in agricultural and agricultural relatedoccupation.

Since the major portion of the Homnabad town comes within the 10 Km radius, themajority of the workers are non-agricultural activities The following Table 3-23 givesWorkers group distribution in the study area


of 276

Table 3-23: Workers group distribution in the study area

Village Name TotalWorkers

MainWorkers

Agriculture WorkersMain Workers Marginal

WorkersMarginal Workers

Main Workers Marginal Workers

Cultivators Agri.Labors Cultivators Agri.Labors Household Ind Others Household Ind Others5 KmHomnabad TalukDhumansoor 1467 1402 314 438 7 15 6 644 65 1 42Gadawanti 1733 1568 357 724 9 80 14 473 165 1 75Homnabad (TMC) 13111 11307 349 720 41 346 278 9960 1804 121 1296Kathalli 528 501 106 305 3 17 0 90 27 0 7Maniknagar 633 485 77 19 15 45 6 383 148 0 88Molkhera 1155 471 171 50 6 493 19 231 684 1 184Basavakalyan talukYerbagh 812 621 167 228 10 148 19 207 191 4 295 to 10 KmHomnabad TalukBorampalli 442 440 88 221 2 0 3 128 2 0 0Chinkera 688 603 116 399 0 71 12 76 85 0 14Chitkota 503 199 37 116 3 238 3 43 304 1 62Hallikhed (K) 1800 949 219 293 12 627 23 414 851 29 183Hankuni 1371 1297 284 738 0 70 39 236 74 0 4Hudgi 4007 2481 598 829 33 809 51 1003 1526 17 667Hunsgera 1374 549 43 400 19 744 4 102 825 0 62Kallur 1593 1373 413 644 1 148 10 306 220 4 67Kankatta 2168 1376 407 544 24 535 64 361 792 21 212Kappargaon 1059 1024 353 527 11 19 3 141 35 0 5Sindankera 1826 1220 457 455 18 230 25 283 606 24 334Walkhandi 1038 800 329 318 5 154 2 151 238 3 76


of 276

Basavakalyan talukGhoga 412 407 197 135 3 1 2 73 5 0 1Islampur 1068 1033 130 696 3 7 5 202 35 0 25Lingadhalli 602 568 198 75 5 10 7 288 34 0 19Mustapur 110 51 10 11 0 54 0 30 59 1 4Pandargera 945 865 234 400 4 43 11 220 80 2 31Rajeshwar 7032 5622 880 2115 36 410 143 2484 1410 282 682Sadlapur 709 705 129 391 0 2 0 185 4 0 2Tadola 1499 1166 342 470 1 275 3 351 333 13 44Total 49685 39083 7005 12261 271 5591 752 19065 10602 525 4215Source: Census 2011


of 276

3.13.4 Education facilities

The district education development Index is 0.593 which is calculated based on access,infrastructure, Teacher ratio and outcome. The district literacy rate has increased drasticallyfrom 20.02 (year 1971) to 71.07 (year 2011). District literacy rate is given in Table 3-24 andgraphical representationof Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk given in Figure 3-31.

Table 3-24: District literacy rateArea /Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

District 20.02 26.64 45.11 60.94 71.07Homnabad 19.50 25.92 42.87 58.5 68.15Basavakalyan 17.49 25.39 42.95 59.10 68.98

Figure 3-31: Literacy rate of District Vs Taluk

The following table shows the literacy rate of the study area. The average literacy rate of the

study area is 66.68%. The following Table 3-25shows the literacy rate of the study area.

Table 3-25: Literacy rate of the study areaVillage Name Literates Percentage5 KmHomnabad TalukDhumansoor 2175 60.266Gadawanti 2291 58.9704Homnabad (TMC) 31301 75.69221Kathalli 883 66.14232Maniknagar 1769 79.82852Molkhera 1603 61.02018Basavakalyan talukYerbagh 1284 62.088975 to 10 KmHomnabad TalukBorampalli 581 63.28976Chinkera 863 59.43526

20.0226.64

45.11

60.9471.07

24.9332.53

50.9665

74.51

13.6320.65

37.92

54.867.12

0

20

40

60

80

1971 1981 1991 2001 2011

Literacy rate- District Vs Taluk

District

Bidar Taluk

Bidar Taluk Female


of 276

Chitkota 610 66.66667Hallikhed (K) 2395 59.66617Hankuni 1239 51.36816Hudgi 5810 65.50908Hunsgera 1743 62.49552Kallur 2016 60.9616Kankatta 3162 61.5894Kappargaon 1570 64.37064Sindankera 2609 57.64472Walkhandi 1209 55.25594Basavakalyan talukGhoga 385 55.7971Islampur 1489 61.96421Lingadhalli 733 66.697Mustapur 181 71.5415Pandargera 1092 52.65188Rajeshwar 10039 66.40868Sadlapur 838 58.35655Tadola 1977 54.70393

81847 66.68215Source: Census 2011

Schools: As per the constitution in India, all children up to the age fourteen to be given freeand compulsory education. Also through the Right of Children to Free and CompulsoryEducation Act, 2009, free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six tofourteen years has become a right to free and compulsory education in a neighborhoodschool till completion of elementary education.

The Incessant efforts taken by the Government and the department have shown the betterresults like good enrollment, less dropout rate, eradication of child labour.

The project area has access to the primary education facilities. Bidar is being an urban. ithoused many higher educational institutions. The following Table 3-26 shows educationinfrastructures in the Study area.

Table 3-26: Education Infrastructures in the Study area

Bloc

k

Prim

ary S

choo

lon

ly

Pri a

nd U

pper

Prim

ary o

nly

Uppe

r Prim

ary

only

Uppe

r Pri

+Sec

onda

ry+H

ighe

r Sec

onda

ry

Pri+

UP+S

econ

dary

UP+ S

econ

dary

Seco

ndar

y onl

y

HS/ J

unio

r Col

lege

Homnabad 139 229 2 0 6 4 110 30

Basavakalyan 147 225 1 1 5 6 88 19

Source: DISE 2015-16


of 276

3.13.5 Health Facilities within the study area

There are common ailments prevalent in the area like fever, diarrhea, etc. But peoplecomplaining about other health issues like Asthma, Skin infection etc., due to the pollution.

Health Infrastructure: The project area comes under the Homnabad taluk, being Homnabadis a town, the health care accessibility is available. The following table shows the availabilityof health facilities available in the project area. The following Table 3-27shows the details ofHealth Facilties in District and Project taluks

Table 3-27: Details of Health Facilties in District and Project taluks

Hospitals CommunityHealth Centre

PrimaryHealthCentre

Sub centre Privatehospitals

District 17 8 51 270 297

Homnabad 4 3 10 54 50

Basavakalyan 3 2 12 54 37

Source: BHO, Bidar

There are some health indicators like the Infant Mortality Rate, Child Mortality rate andMaternal Mortality Rate etc. shows the health of the area.

Infant Mortality Rate: It is defined as the deaths of infants of age less than one yearper thousand live births. The IMR of Homnabad taluk is 21 and Basavakalyan is 25,but IMR of the district is 31 (WHO European Region -10 per 1000 live births).

Child Mortality Rate: also known as under-5 mortality or child death refers to thedeath of infants and children under the age of five or between the age of one monthto four years. The CMR of the Homnabad taluk is 28 and Basavakalyan taluk is 33and that of the district is 35.(WHO European Region -11 per 1000 live births)

Maternal Mortality Rate: Maternal death is the death of a woman while pregnant orwithin 42 days of termination of pregnancy, irrespective of the duration from anycause related to or aggravated by the pregnancy or its management but not fromaccidental or incidental causes. The MMR of the Homnabad taluk is 206 andBasavakalyan taluk is 186 , but the district is 134.

3.13.6 Sanitation Facilities & Drinking water facilities within theStudy Area

Tap water and tube wells are the main sources of drinking water. The following Table3-28shows the drinking water from different sources and availability of toilets.


of 276

Table 3-28: Village wise sanitation & drinking water facilities within the Study Area

Villages

Water Resources in %

Toilets (%)Tapwater from144reated source

Tapwaterfrom

un-treatedsource

Coveredwell

Un-coveredwell Handpump Tubewell/Borehole Spring River/

CanalTank/Pond/Lake

Othersources

5 KmHomnabad TalukDhumansoor 14.9 39 0.4 3.2 18.4 23.8 0 0 0 0.3 12.6Gadawanti 4.5 67.4 0.1 12.4 13.3 0.9 0.5 0 0 0.9 6.6Homnabad (TMC) 52.6 23.5 4.7 13.3 0.3 4.3 0 0 0 1.2 59Kathalli 0 99.6 0 0.4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.8Maniknagar 1.4 50 4.5 34.4 0.3 5.4 0 0 0 4 42Molkhera 78.8 0.2 12.4 4.9 0 3.5 0.2 0 0 0 4.4Basavakalyan talukYerbagh 6.3 74.6 1 0.3 0 16.8 0 0 0 1 6.35 to 10 KmHomnabad TalukBorampalli 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2.8Chinkera 40.5 54.5 0.3 0 4.7 0 0 0 0 0 1.7Chitkota 0 1.1 0 0 0.6 98.3 0 0 0 0 2.3Hallikhed (K) 26.9 47.6 0.3 0 1.6 23.7 0 0 0 0 3.7Hankuni 1.3 30.5 2 28.5 8.5 19.8 0 0 0 9.4 4.1Hudgi 24.6 43.1 0.7 0 25.7 5.8 0 0 0 0.1 12.4Hunsgera 19.5 15.6 0.2 5.6 59.1 0 0 0 0 0 6.5Kallur 31.1 22.6 0.2 11.7 32.2 2.3 0 0 0 0 2.9Kankatta 50.2 26.4 0.8 6.1 8.5 1.7 0.1 0 0 6.1 7.1Kappargaon 42.3 32.3 0 0.4 7.3 11.4 0 0 0 6.2 16.9Sindankera 27.9 25.8 0.2 10.6 5.4 29.5 0.4 0 0 0.2 9


of 276

Walkhandi 2.3 31.2 0.2 16.7 48.6 0.9 0 0 0 0 10.4Basavakalyan talukGhoga 17.3 38.7 0 0 0 44 0 0 0 0 0Islampur 21.3 59 0.2 0.5 0 19 0 0 0 0 5.4Lingadhalli 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0Mustapur 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 0 0 0 0Pandargera 0.6 13.6 0 56.5 0 29 0 0 0.3 0 0.9Rajeshwar 57 24.7 0.2 9 0.2 7.9 0 0 0.1 0.9 23.7Sadlapur 43.9 0.4 0 36.3 19.5 0 0 0 0 0 3.8Tadola 50.3 8.4 0.7 7 1.8 31.2 0 0.3 0.3 0.1 10.7

Source: Census 2011


of 276

3.13.7 Infrastructure within Study Area

The rural and major road works are imperative for the transportation of the agricultural goods andother goods to the various locations. The area is mainly an agricultural based, agricultural producecould be transported to the distant places like Bangalore and other neighboring destinations.

There are good road networks in the district, which connects the neighboring states like AndhraPradesh, Maharashtra state. The following table shows the State Highways in the project area andTable 3-29 shows the State Highways in the study area &Table 3-30 Total stretch of differentroads in the district.

Table 3-29: State Highways in the Study AreaS. No SH No SH name

1 SH No Highways2 SH 75 Balki –Chincholi3 SH105 Humnabad – Bidar4 NH 9 Pune – Vijayawada

Source: PWD of Karnataka

Table 3-30: Total stretch of different roads in the districtNational Highways (km) State Highways (km) Major District Roads (km) Total Length (km)

82.00 693.10 877.08 1652.18Source: PWD of Karnataka as on 31.3.2013

Table 3-31: Summary of socioeconomic indicators of the study areaS.No Particulars Study Area

1 Study Area – Districts Bidar District2 Number of villages in the Study Area 273 Total Households 240314 Total Population 1323505 Sex Ratio (Humnabad taluk) 9626 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 185117 Children Sex Ratio (Humnabad taluk) 9558 Urban Rural Ratio 33.61:66.389 SC Population 2993410 ST Population 2157011 Total Working Population 4968512 Main Workers 3908313 Marginal Workers 1060214 Agricultural Workers 2512815 Household Industries 127716 Other Workers 2328017 Literates 8184718 Institutional delivery (taluk level) 98 %19 Immunization (taluk level) 98%


of 276

CHAPTER – 4ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATIONMEASURES


of 276

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ANDMITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction

Environmental Impact is any change in the environmental attributes, adverse or beneficial, causedor induced by the proposed action or set of actions. The predicted adverse impacts during eachstage of project development are superimposed over the baseline status of the existingenvironmental quality to infer the scenario of environmental conditions in the post-project stage.The main purpose of identifying the impacts is that it helps in adopting appropriate mitigationmeasures for the adverse consequences if any.

Predicting and evaluating the various significant impacts that are likely to occur. The impacts on theenvironmental indices viz. air, water, soil, noise, biological and socioeconomic conditions arescrutinized methodically and assessed.

The most likely impacts on the environment due to the proposed project need to be appraisedduring the two different phases of the project namely pre-operation/construction phase andoperation phase. The particulars on impacts that could be triggered on the environmental attributesby the activities of the proposed project are discussed below.


Impact assessment during the construction phase of the project is of importance as theconstruction activities lead to adverse effects on the environment on a short term basis. The majoractivities that are undertaken during this phase are civil works, mechanical works, machinery worksand transportation works.

During the construction phase, the following activities among many are considered to be importanttowards creating environmental impacts:

1. Site preparation (fencing, boundary & clearing of site).2. Excavation, backfilling and levelling3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials & construction spoils.4. Foundation works.5. Fabrication erection of Steel structures such as, Tanks, Pipelines and Sheds.6. Construction of internal roads, drains & water supply.7. Painting and finishing.8. Cleaning, landscaping and plantations.


Impacts

The activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use fromvacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following impacts on the landenvironment.

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy constructionvehicles and machineries.


of 276

2. Removal of soil from the site.3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil.4. Dispersion of dust.

Mitigation measures

1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using protectiveboarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of soil.

2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement.3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development and

landscaping.4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent land/soil

pollution.5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential for

water pollution (e.g. Vegetation).6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing internal

road and project structures.


Impacts

The activities that might lead to a decline in the local air quality due to generation of dust are1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the

surroundings.2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils.4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and it can

impact the labors working.5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds.6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply.7. Cleaning and landscaping.8. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipments.

Mitigation measures

1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dustgeneration.

2. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water.3. Conserving the existing vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust.4. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials.5. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipments.6. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions, noise

pollution and consumption of energy resource.7. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick

dispersal of gaseous emissions.8. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of

emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel.


of 276

9. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal ofconstruction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.


Impacts

1. Contamination of watercourses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas.2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads.3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which a

change in the surface water drainage pattern may occur.4. Generation of sewage.

Mitigation measures

1. The water demand during the construction phase will be met from the private watersuppliers(or) existing bore well

2. Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental mixing orfugitive losses.

3. Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to preventaccidental release or spillage.

4. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to utilizethe rain water for construction purpose.

5. An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

Wastewater Management:

Domestic:

Sewage generatedfrom contruction activities will be collected in Septic Tank.


Impacts1. The major sources of noise generation at the construction site are pneumatic hammers,

DG sets, compressors, concrete mixers, operating machineries, horns & acoustic signalsand communication among workers.

2. Noise nuisance causes discomfort and health related issues in those who work at the siteand those who reside in the neighboring villages.

Mitigation measures

1. Barricading the construction site.2. The existing green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance.3. Selection of equipments of high quality.4. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in avoiding loud

verbal exchanges between the intervening parties.5. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of

emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.


of 276

6. The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will beprovided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concernedauthorities.

7. Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation ofmachineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time.

8. Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the workdoes not necessitate it will be avoided.

9. Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposure controlthrough rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in construction activitiesin the area generating high levels of noise.

4.2.5 Waste Generation

Sources of waste are construction debris such as bricks, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand andgravel etc.

Mitigation measures

1. Prior to commencement of construction works, assessment of materials required, locationand planning of available space for its storage will be conducted.

2. Quality control will be implemented to reject defective materials at the time of deliverythus avoiding later disposal.

3. Stockpiles of sand, gravel, soil will be situated in such a manner that they do not spill orwashed onto the adjacent roads.

4. Materials that come in will be labeled and the date of receiving will be recorded.5. Preparation of a proper waste management system which includes identification of

wastes, collection, segregation, storage and disposal methods.6. Recycling and reuse of certain construction debris.7. Spent oils and other lubricants from equipment will be collected in enclosed containers

before disposing it to approved recyclers

4.2.6 Ecology

The proposed expansion is within the existing facility and is among the industrial area, hence noimpacts have been expected to arise on the biological environment. Except for the removal ofweeds, the ecological status of the site will be well maintained by conserving/developing thegreenbelt at the site.

4.2.7 Social Environment

The impacts of construction activities is beneficial on the social environment as it contributes to theeconomic and social development by providing employment to about :10 workers during theconstruction phase and thereby raising the standards of living and quality of life.

Procurement of construction materials locally leads to increase in trading opportunities.

4.3 OPERATION PHASE

From an environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to its potential toinvoke long-term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during this operational phase


of 276

of the project are: Air Pollution (gaseous emissions), Effluent generation, Noise generation, Solidwaste generation etc.

4.3.1 Land Environment and Location

Since, it is an expansion project within the Existing facility at KIADB. Hence there will be no changein land use pattern and no impact due to location.

4.3.2 Discharges on Land-Impact

The sewage generated from domestic usage will be mixed with LTDS effluent for treatment inBiological ETPand the processeffluent(HTDS) will be treated in MEE, The wastewater treatmentsystem for existing and propose will be maintained with ZLD, hence there will be no discharges onland premises.

Mitigation Measures

1. Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines2. Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the

conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.3. Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC

channels along the pipelines is adopted.4. Lining of effluent collection tank/ETP common guard pond.5. Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using it for various

requirements.6. With regards to ETP-There will be institutional arrangement to check the efficiency of Zero

Liquid Discharge.

Impacts- Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non-hazardous wastesgenerated due to various operations in the project site. Sludge generated during productionprocess, chemical waste including toxic waste, burnt fuel waste, oil slurry, Salts from ATFD etc arethe source of hazardous waste. Sludge from ETP will be generated. Poor management of suchmaterials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Mitigation Measures

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to eliminate/minimisethe risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored in temporary storage facilityand transferred to nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to theapproved vendors of Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) landfill and Co-processing.However, waste minimisation techniques will be adopted in order to minimise the generation ofwastes.


Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for the Parameters PM10, PM2.5,SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3 , NH3 , C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni, VOC, Cl, HCl, HBr, H2S & HF are well within


of 276

the permissible Limits as prescribed by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) forIndustrial Area, Residential, Rural & Other areas.

The major air pollution sources from the industry are DG sets, boilers and reactors. The DG setand boiler sources are provided with stacks of adequate height so as to disperse the emanatingflue gases containing particulate matters, oxides of sulfur and nitrogen without affecting the groundlevel concentrations. Bag filters,Cyclone separator will be installed for the Boiler. The emissionsgenerated from the reactors are scrubbed out by wet scrubbers.

4.3.3.1 Meteorological Data

The site specific meteorological data for three months from March-May2017 was obtained fromsecondary sources. Other data included for AERMET were daily wind speed, wind direction,temperature, relative humidity, air pressure, precipitation, and solar radiation recorded during theperiod. AERMET reformats meteorological data so that it can be used as input for AERMODmodel.

4.3.3.2 AERMET Process

For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of the land use inthe area are required to determine the terrain roughness for modeling. The land use wascharacterized for in and around the site. The surface characteristics for the site and surroundingswere selected and used to calculate the albedo, Bowen ratio and surface roughness parameter.

The meteorological data were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow pattern &to generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a prescribed format thatcan be fed to AERMOD for modeling.

4.3.3.3 AERMOD Process

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.1 was used for air dispersion modeling and is applicable to a widerange of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of 50 km. In addition to morestraight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for complex terrain and urban dispersionscenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it assumes theconcentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In the convectiveboundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be Gaussian, but the verticaldistribution is described with a bi-Gaussian probability density function (pdf). This behavior of theconcentration distributions in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs(1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume mass,released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near the top of the boundary layer beforebecoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any plume mass that penetrates into theelevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. Forsources in both the CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersionresulting from plume meander. The emissions from existing and proposed additional stacks areestimated and only proposed additional stacks emissions are used for the air dispersion modelingas shown in Table 4-1 and Table 4-2.Maximum first 10 highest concentration values obtained bymodeling for SO2, NOx and PM for 24 hrs average is given in Table 4-3 to


of 276

Table 4-5 Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for proposed additional stacks is shown in Figure4-1to Figure 4-3.

Table 4-1Existing Stacks Emission Details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m) AGL

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler04TPH Coal 01 22 0.30 135 9.8 0.2590 0.0070 0.4720

380 KVADG Diesel 01 15 0.15 330 9.0 0.0690 0.0025 0.1275

750 KVADG Diesel 01 15 0.25 470 9.0 0.1389 0.0050 0.2550

Total Emission (g/s) 0.4669 0.0145 0.8545

Table 4-2Proposed additional Stacks Emission Details

Source Fuelused

Stack Details Emission per stack (g/s)

No ofStacks

Height(m) AGL

Dia(m)

Temp(°C)

ExitVelocity

(m/s)PM SO2 NOx

Boiler 07TPH Coal 01 25 0.5 140 9.7 0.4861 1.2150 0.8850

380 KVADG Diesel 01 15 0.15 330 9.6 0.0690 0.0025 0.1270

Total Emission (g/s) 0.5551 1.2175 1.0120


of 276

Figure 4-1Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s of Particulate matter within 10 km Radius of the StudyArea

Table 4-3First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Particulate Matterfor Proposed Additional Stacks

S. NoUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)

Distance fromCentre of

Sources (Km)

Direction fromSource CentreE N

1. 721959 1965587 3.33413 0 02. 722957.2 1966584 2.23597 1.5 NE3. 723955.4 1962598 1.9318 3.6 SSE4. 725951.9 1960605 1.67776 6.5 SE5. 724953.7 1969573 1.63157 5.1 NNE6. 724953.7 1961602 1.62894 5 SSE7. 722957.2 1965587 1.56924 1 E8. 720960.8 1965587 1.46815 1 W9. 725951.9 1970570 1.45318 6.4 NNE10. 726950.1 1959609 1.45231 7.9 SSW


of 276

Figure 4-2Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area

Table 4-4 First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Sulphur Dioxidefor Proposed Stacks

S. NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)

Distance fromCentre of

Sources (Km)


1. 722957.2 1965587 4.33834 1 E2. 725951.9 1960605 3.98967 6.5 SE3. 725951.9 1970570 3.64434 6.4 NNE4. 726950.1 1959609 3.56767 7.9 SSW5. 724953.7 1969573 3.52104 5.1 NNE6. 722957.2 1964591 3.49879 1.5 SE7. 724953.7 1961602 3.46965 4.9 SSE8. 723955.4 1962598 3.34983 3.6 SSE9. 726950.1 1969573 3.10982 6.5 NE10. 727948.4 1958612 3.07991 9.2 SE


of 276

Figure 4-3Predicted 24-Hrs’ GLC’s of NOx within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

Table 4-5First 10 Highest Concencentrations of Nitrogen Oxidesfor Proposed Additional Stacks

S.NOUTM coordinates (m) Conc.

(µg/m3)Distance from

Centre ofSources (Km)


1. 721959 1965587 5.40086 0 02. 722957.2 1966584 3.67685 1.5 NE3. 723955.4 1962598 3.31628 3.6 SSE4. 725951.9 1960605 2.94178 6.5 SE5. 724953.7 1969573 2.84033 5.1 NNE6. 724953.7 1961602 2.83314 5 SSE7. 722957.2 1965587 2.78608 1 E8. 725951.9 1970570 2.55875 6.4 NNE9. 726950.1 1959609 2.55297 6.4 NNE10. 722957.2 1964591 2.53952 1.5 SE


of 276

4.3.3.4 Conclusion

It is was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to proposedexpansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 3.09 µg/m3, 4.18 µg/m3 and 5.674 µg/m3.So it can beconcluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimumand arewithin CPCB limits. The total increase in concentrations above baseline status due to proposedstacks is estimated and the percentage increase is summarized in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

PollutantMax.

Base lineConc.

(µg/m3)

EstimatedIncremental

Conc. atsource (µg/m3)

TotalConc.

(µg/m3)NAAQ

standardDistance

fromSource

Direction %increase

PM10 79.6 3.09 82.69 100 0 0 3.88SO2 28.9 4.18 33.08 80 1 E 14.46NOx 33.5 5.674 39.174 80 0 0 16.93

Mitigation Measures

All air pollution control measures like scrubbers/bag filters/Cyclone seperator will beprovided by the industry.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in order tocheck and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured concentrations.NAAQS Exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and adequacy/Performance of AirPollution Control measures shall be reviewed.

Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area. Adequate Greenbelt width will be provided. Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin. All the

vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission standards. In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control measures as

to be stated by KSPCB in their CFO.


Impact

Noise generation sources during operation phase is classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machineies at the project site likeBoilers, Compressors, DG sets, Cooling towers, Boiler feed water Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization, materials,material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with theproposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the sitewould be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workersengaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupational exposure. Theproposed fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house, compressors, pumps, DG


of 276

sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and may cause exposures tothe workers/operators engaged at these units.

Mitigation Measures

The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, Boiler Feed waterpumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of 25dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.

Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulativenoise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).

The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time weightedaverage will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and HealthAdministration (OSHA) standard limits.

Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks. Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary. Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator

cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities. Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will be

strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas. Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be

carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated tominimise noise emissions.

Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation;landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and alongapproach roads.

Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of theproject.

Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet internationalstandards and foundations will be so designed to minimise vibrations and securedproperly.

Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly tominimize vibrations and related impacts.

Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like Bureauof Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), which is beingpracticed would be continued to mitigate the workers’ health effects due to vibrations.

Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation. Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of construction

materials will be planned in line with the same.


4.3.5.1 Potential Impact due to Location

4.3.5.2 Impact on Existing Water Resources

During operation phase, water requirement of proposed units will be mainly for process, condensercooling water, DM water for steam generation, service water, domestic use, fire water, green beltetc.


of 276

The total water requirement for the existing unit is 39.3 KLD, of which 20.9 KLD is fresh water and18.4 KLD is treated/recycled water.

Water requirement for proposed expansionwill be 165 KLD of which 76 KLD is fresh water and 89KLD is treated/recycled water.

The total water requirement existing and proposed is met from ground water (2 bore wells arefacilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers.

Wastewater generated from the project is being treated in ETP followed by MEE and Zero LiquidDischarge concept will be adopted for proposed project also, hence the impact due to the proposedproject is very minimal.

4.3.5.3 Impacts To Surface Water Bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds in the area areworking as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water and groundwater systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the system andwill have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable water in thePIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore theefficiency of the Zero waste discharge will be ensured with proper regulatory and institutionalarrangements.

Mitigation Measures

The following measures are proposed as a part of development to improve the ground waterscenario and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rainfall harvesting andgroundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

Recharge pits Only roof-top rain water harvesting Rainwater storage ponds/tanks Storage cum recharge ponds Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

4.3.5.4 Impact due to Wastewater Generation

The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:



of 276

The details of wastewater quantities to be generated from the project are discussed in Section4.3.5.5. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect the surfacewater and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground and surface water.

Mitigation Measures

Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if any on the waterenvironment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the operation phase of the project.

Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water by pollution. Corrective and preventive measures if any contamination happens. Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water resources in terms of

contamination. If contaminated, proper expertise will be brought to schematize the various recharge

mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.

4.3.5.5 Wastewater Quality and Quantity

Existing: Sewage is sent to septic tank followed by soak pit.

Industrial effluents from the plant will be stored and neutralized in a collection tank (150 KLD). Thesludge from neutralization will be dewatered and sent to TSDF and liquid effluent will be sent toMultiple Effective Evaporator (MEE capacity of 30 KLD), Condensate will be recycled forboiler feed.MEE concentrate will be sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD will be sent to TSDF (KSPCB authorizationfor HWM is enclosed as Annexure 15 and Agreement copy made with TSDF is enclosed asAnnexure 16).

Proposed: The sewage (9.0 KLD) will be mixed with LTDS effluent(7 KLD) and will be treated inCombined Biological Effluent Treatment plan (cap. 100 KLD). HTDS effluent from process&RORegeneration from softener (79 KLD) will be treated in MEE and the condensate will be sent toETP and the concentrate will be sent to ATFD. ATFE Salts will be disposed to TSDF.The permeatewill be recycled for various application as shown in Table 2-14.

The existing wasterwater treatment system is ZLD and the proposed system will also be a ZeroLiquid Discharge (ZLD). There will be no discharge to land environment.

The break up in terms of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given Table 4-7.Characteristics of effluents is provided inTable 4-18. ProposedZLD scheme (ETP, UF, RO,MEE& ATFD) is provided in Annexure 23.


of 276

Table 4-7 Details Sewage/Wastewater Treatment and Disposal

S. No DescriptionEffluent (KLD) Treatment

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Domestic 2.5 9.0 Septic Tank Combined 100 KLDCapacity of ETP

with ZLD(UF, RO, MEE

&ATFD)2 Ind. effluentgeneration

Total -19.2HTDS-11.6LTDS-7.6


ZLD(ETP, UF, RO,

MEE&ATFD)

Table 4-8: Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No. ParameterConcentration*

Raw Effluent CharacteristicsConcentration*RO permeate

characteristicsLTDS HTDS1. pH 5.5 To 6.5 10 To 14 7.0-8.02. TSS 1095 3925 50-803. TDS 1497 2476 <10004. COD 500 11066 50-1005. BOD 350 4300 20-30


Conveyance of Wastewater to ZLD:The wastewater will be conveyed to ZLD through pipeline.Wastewater Collection

There are 6 no of tanks for each type of wastewater generated and the tank having holdingcapacityof 3x50KL& 3x10KL.

Mitigation Measures

Proposed Combined Biological ETP with MEE to treat industrial effluents along withSewage

ETP is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) System. Treated wastewater will be recycled forvarious application as shown in Table 2-14.

A storm water drainage system is already developed for the project site. The runoff from uncontaminated areas will be used for greenbelt area. The oil contaminated water, if any will be sent to oil water separator; separated oil will be

sent to KSPCB approved vendors and water will be sent to ETP for further treatment. Thetreated water will be re used for various applications.


Impact on Migratory Paths for Wildlife and Forest Blocks


of 276

There are no identified migratory paths for major and minor wildlife in the project site and the studyarea. The identified fauna which are observed at the project site and in the study area are localmigrants only. Therefore the proposed project operations are not likely to have any adverse impacton the paths for avid-fauna.

Mitigation Measures

Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment into the water bodies during theoperation phase would not be allowed.

Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrialecology and biodiversity.


Impact due to Solid Waste Generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can bebroadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste. Further, the generated solidwaste generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details ofsolid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.9. Ifthe solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it willimpact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

4.3.7.1 Solid Waste Management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during theoperational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure adoptingrecycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic and inorganicwastes. Waste management is given in Figure 4-4.

Figure 4-4Waste Management Concept


of 276

CHAPTER – 5ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


of 276

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES(Technology & Site)

5.1 Introduction

This project doesn’t have alternative for site and technology and the justifications are describedbelow:

5.2 Alternate Site Analysis

The project site is located in Humnabad KIADB Industial area, Plot No. 101, A &B, 101 P1, 100P4, Survey No. 219 &223, I. D. A. Humnabad 585 530, Bidar District, Karnataka-585530.

5.3 Connectivity of the Project Site

The existing Connectivity of the project is summarized in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1 Connectivity of the Project Site

S. No Particulars Details Disstance(~Km) Direction

1 Nearest Hightway NH 218 0.02 SSE

2 Nearest railway Station Humnabad 4.80 ENE

3 Nearest Airport Bidar 41.82 NE

4 Nearest Major City Bidar 45.0 NE

The connectivity of the project site and all the required infrastructures availability in the KIADBindustrial area are the major advantages for the project. So, alternate sites were not considered.

5.4 Process Alternative

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL) is established in the year 1994.The projectisManufacturing of Bulk Drugs Intermediatesand Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients(APIs) with R &D activity. The manufacturing processes for these products are tried & tested method, andtherefore there is no risk of technological failure. In addition to this the facility is being backed up bythe R & D centre there would be continuous efforts for optimization of the processes to take care ofthe any technological failures.


of 276

CHAPTER – 6ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM


of 276

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 Introduction

The primary aim of environmental monitoring program is to formulate a systematic, site-specificplan for monitoring the environmental parameters within the impact area, during and aftercommissioning of the project, which would aid in assessing the effectiveness of mitigation andenvironmental protection measures implemented for the proposed project based on the existingenvironmental scenario and the probable environmental impacts appraisal.

The plan framed for the intended facility will describe:

The details of the proposed mitigation measures taken for safeguarding the environmentat the project site as well as in the vicinity of the industrial site

Details of management plans (Greenbelt development plan, Solid waste managementplan etc)

Post project environmental monitoring programme to be undertaken after commissioningof the project.

The associated cost components of the pollution control systems that will be installed atthe site.

For each of the environmental attributes, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to bemonitored, location of monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring and it also denotesthe applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities.

6.2 Objectives

Ensure day to day operational activities are conducted in a manner in compliance withthe applicable regulatory approvals including legislation and industry standards.

Evaluate the adequacy of mitigation and pollution control measures implemented forreducing the adverse impacts caused during the construction and operation stage andsuggest additional mitigation measures, if appropriate, in the light of the results.

Define a detailed framework to monitor and document for achieving full compliance withstatutory requirements.

Encourage good environmental management practices through planning, commitmentand continuous improvement.

Develop clearly defined environmental monitoring program designed to assess the natureand extent of environmental impacts of the proposed operations and progressively refinesuch programs against the targets.

Define roles and responsibilities of site personnel and ensure that all people onsite arefully informed of their responsibilities and accountabilities with regard to the environment.


of 276

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)/State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) related to air emission and liquid effluent dischargeas per air and water pollution control act/ laws

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling)Rules 1989 and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016and subsequent amendments.

Review, improve and update environmental management procedures and standards.

Establish response procedures for actual/potential environmental impacts includingcommunity complaints and ensure corrective action is taken.

Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental managementexpenditure, Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for acleaner and better environment.

6.3 Environmental Management Plan During Construction Phase

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparationactivity and the mobilization of workforce. The impacts of the construction phase on theenvironment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out gradually oncompletion of the construction programme. However, once the construction of the project iscompleted and its operations started, these operation stage impacts would overlap the impacts dueto the construction activities.

In order to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the following measuresshall be adopted:

1. Proper and prior planning of approach and access roads, and appropriate sequencingand scheduling of all major construction activities.

2. Adoption of appropriate soil conservation programme and its timely implementation in theproposed project site.

3. Initiation of an appropriate landscape programme including plantation of trees andflowering plants in and around the project site particularly, at all available spaces whichwould serve the dual purpose of controlling fugitive dust and abatement of noise levels inaddition to improving the aesthetics of the area.

4. Water sprinkling in the vulnerable areas to suppress the dust generated duringexcavation, leveling and other operations.

5. Use of properly tuned construction machinery & vehicles in good working condition withlow noise & emission and engines turned off when not in use.

6. Control of quality of construction wastewater within the construction site through suitabledrainage system with traps for arresting the sediment load for its proposed disposal intothe main natural drainage system around the site.


of 276

7. Implementation of suitable disposal methods of sediment/ construction debris atdesignated places to avoid water logging at construction site.

8. Provision of protective gears such as ear mufflers etc. for construction personnel exposedto high noise levels and locating the temporary labour sheds for housing the constructionlabourers away from the construction site.

6.4 Environmental Management Plan During Operation Phase

The control measures which will be imposed to mitigate the impacts caused during the operationphase of the project are as follows:

1. Periodic monitoring of the environmental attributes to check the adequacy andeffectiveness of the pollution control measures employed.

2. The major sources of emission are DG sets, boiler stack, production block (reactors)scrubber stacks which will be of adequate height to disperse the pollutants. In addition,proposed 7 TPH boiler will be provided with bag filter, cyclone separator & dustcollectorAdequate greenbelt has been developed in the existing facility to mitigate thepollution arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG-Stack andAmbient air quality are carried out.

3. Appropriate treatment and disposal method is followed for the liquid effluents generated inthe existing plant and proper treatment and disposal procedure is proposed for the liquideffluents of proposed new facility. The detailed waste treatment and disposal methods arediscussed in the Chapter 4, Section 4.3.5.4.

4. Noise pollution is curbed by providing acoustic enclosures for D.G sets, boiler andreactors; thereby the ambient noise levels is maintained below the CPCB limits of 75 dB(A) for industrial areas. Personal protective equipments are provided to those workerswho work in the areas of high noise.

5. Rainwater harvesting system will be implemented for the sustainability of undergroundwater system.

6. Proper maintenance of greenbelt will be ensured.

7. Adequate safety measures conforming to the occupational health and safety policy will betaken to prevent accidents/hazards to the workers.

8. Necessary energy saving measures like fixing of LED lamps, operational schedule,awareness program etc., will be made.

6.5 Post Project Environmental Monitoring

It is imperative that the Project Authorities set up regular monitoring stations to assess the qualityof the neighbouring environment after the commissioning of the project. An environmentalmonitoring programme is important as it provides useful information and helps to:


of 276

Verify the predictions on environmental impacts presented in this study assist in detecting thedevelopment of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus, provides opportunities foradopting appropriate control measures, and identify the effectiveness of mitigative measuressuggested in the EMP.

6.5.1 Monitoring Program

After commissioning of the project, post project monitoring of environmental parameters will becarried out at regular intervals. The monitoring programme in different areas of the environmenthas been based on the findings of the impact assessment studies. The post project monitoringprogramme including areas, number and location of monitoring stations, frequency of sampling andparameters to be covered is summarized in Table 6-1.

Table 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring ProgramS.No

Area ofMonitoring

Number of SamplingStations

Frequency ofSampling Parameters to be Analyzed

1. Meteorology One Hourly and Dailybasis.

Wind speed and direction,Temperature, Relative Humidity,Atmospheric pressure, Rainfall.

2. Ambient AirQuality

2 Stations (In downwind)

Twice a week:24hourly period(monthly)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, VOC and NO2

3. Noise4 (two within plantpremises and twooutside plant premises)

Once in a seasonAmbient Equivalent continuousSound Pressure Levels (Leq) atday and Night time.

4. Liquid EffluentsMain Plant Effluents Weekly pH, Temp, Conductivity, TSS, TDS,

BOD, Phenol.Sanitary Effluents Monthly pH, TSS, BOD & COD

5. Exhaust from DGset Stack of DG set Monthly PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & CO

6. VehicularEmissions Parking area

Periodicmonitoring ofvehicles

Air emission and noise, PCU

7. Solid waste /Hazardous waste

Check conformance toHWM rules

Quantity andQualitymonitoring

Periodically

8. Soil Two Locations within theProject Site Yearly Once Physico chemical properties,

Nutrients, Heavy metals

9. TerrestrialEcology

Within 10km, around theproject

Once in threeyears Symptoms of injuries on plants

6.6 Greenbelt Development Plan

As per the rules and regulations laid by Ministry of Environment and Forest, Central PollutionControl Board (CPCB) and State Pollution Control Board (SPCB), it is legally mandatory to earmark


of 276

33% of the project area for greenbelt development to promote integration of environmental issueswith industrial development projects.The total land area is 36421.7 sq.mt (9 Acres), which is completely fortified and protected on all thefour sides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 12019.16Sq.mt (2.97Acres, 33%).

The purpose of developing the greenbelt in and around the industrial site is for:

1. Preventing land degradation and erosion of topsoil due to activities during constructionphase.

2. Containment and Abatement of pollution in the industrial environment, capturing offugitive emissions if any and thereby improving the quality of the surroundingenvironment.

3. Substantially reducing the adverse environmental impacts due to the proposed industrialactivity.

4. Serving as a barrier for attenuating the intensity of noise generated.5. Enhancing the biodiversity index of the region.6. Adding aesthetic value to the project area.7. Maintaining the ecological equilibrium of the area.

The following general guidelines and measures will be adopted:

The plantation of trees will be initiated with start of the construction stage so that substantialgrowth may be achieved when the project is completed. The greenbelt developmentprogramme will be drawn to conform to natural climatic conditions and adaptability of thespecies.

Species involved in afforestation should be indigenous, fast growing and eco-friendly. Proper drainage system and proper plantation techniques will be adopted. Plantation will be properly maintained and protected by fencing from grazing and felling.

The plantations would consist of a mixture of carefully chosen locally available species oftrees, shrubs and herbs, preferably evergreen and resistant to pollution.

6.7 Cost estimations for GreenBelt development

Approximately 1800 no. of trees are required to comply the green belt as per CPCB Norm(1500Nos/Ha). Since the existing facility having 33%(12019.16 Sq.m) of the area for green belt is beingdeveloped with 1000 trees. Remaining trees (800 Nos) will be developed in a phased mannerduring proposed project.

A capital cost of INR 1.10 Lakhs shall be earmarked for this purpose and INR of 0.5 Lakhs shall beallocated for recurring expenses towards green belt development and maintenance. The layout ofthe greenbelt and green areas enclosed as Annexure 17.Existing green belt photographs aregiven in Figure 6-1.

6.7.1 Existing Species:

1. Neem (Azadirchta indica) – 500 Nos2. Cashew –200 Nos3. Gulmohar (Delonix regia) -50Nos4. Mango – 250 Nos


of 276

6.7.2 Proposed Species:

1. Silk cotton (Bombax ceiba) – 300 Nos2. Pipal (Ficus religiosa) – 100 Nos3. Neem (Azadirchta indica) – 100 Nos4. Gulmohar (Delonix regia) – 300 Nos

Figure 6-1 Existing greenbelt photographs around the project boundary


of 276

CHAPTER – 7ADDITIONAL STUDIES


of 276

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Hearing

The proposed project is located in a Notified KIADB Industrial Area, the project attracts theCategory ‘B’ as per EIA Notification 2006; As per MoEF & CC Office Memorandum, dated 3rdJune2009; EIA Notification, 2006 in para 7 (i), sub section III exempted from undertaking public hearingfor expansion or modernization or change of product mix in existing projects.

Howeverthe proposed project falls under violation category, Public Hearing is Mandatory forviolation projects. So, EIA report has been prepared as per the obtained violation ToR vide. F. No.SEIAA 26 IND (VIOL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018.Draft EIA report will be submitted forPublicHearing(PH). After PH the minutes will be incorporated in the EIA report along with actionplan or commitment by the proponent proponent. Final EIA will be submitted to KSEAC for furtherappraisal of the project and obtaining Environment Clearance.

7.2 Disaster Management Plan

An onsite emergency plan is attributed to the response plan that contains and minimizes the effectsdue to emergencies within the installations which have a potential to cause damage to people andfacilities within the installation premises.The On-site emergency plan enclosed as Annexure 18.

7.3 R&R ACTION PLANS

Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) is not applicable since the projectsiteis located in KIADBHumnabadindustrial area.

7.4 Risk Assessment

The detailed risk assessment report on solvent storage tanks and pipelines for the proposedproject is enclosed as Annexure-19.


of 276

7.5 Copy of ToR Issued by SEIAA


Page 175 of 276



Page 175 of 276



of 276


Page 176 of 276


Page 176 of 276


of 276


Page 177 of 276


Page 177 of 276


of 276


Page 178 of 276


Page 178 of 276


of 276


Page 179 of 276


Page 179 of 276


of 276


Page 180 of 276


Page 180 of 276


of 276


Page 181 of 276


Page 181 of 276


of 276


Page 182 of 276


Page 182 of 276


of 276


Page 183 of 276


Page 183 of 276


of 276


Page 184 of 276


Page 184 of 276


of 276

7.6 ToR Compliance Report

S.No Terms of Reference Compliance

A. Standard TOR1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is enclosed as A separate

booklet2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultantincluding NABET accreditation

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd(HECS).,ChennaiNABET Accredited vide Certificate No.NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083& MoEF Recognized LabvideF. No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)Details are provided in Chapter 12.

ii. Information about the ProjectProponent

M/s Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd wasacquired in the year 1994.Details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.1 &1.2.

iii. Importance and Benefits of theProject

The Proposed project will play a vital role in theExpansion of Bulkdrug Intermediates & ActivePharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) sectors andthereby address the market demand and Socialbenefits.Details are provided in Chapter 8.

3 Project Descriptioni. Cost of project and Time of

completionThe proposed expansion project cost is INR 9Crores.Time of completion is 16 monthsDetails are given in Chapter 2.

ii. Products with capacities for theproposed project

Exiting products 6 number (348 MTPA).New: 20 Products(476 MTPA).Deletion: 4 Products(264 MTPA)Revision in qty: 2 Products, 84 to 216 MTPA.After Expansion:Products 22 numbers: 692MTPA.Existing & Proposed production details are given inChapter-1, Section 1.1 & Table 1-1.

iii. If expansion project, details ofexisting products with capacitiesand whether adequate land isavailable for expansion,reference of earlier EC if any.

Adequate land is available for expansion within theexisting facility. Existing EC is enclosed asAnnexure -1 & Land document is enclosed asAnnexure 6.

iv. List of Raw materials requiredand their source along with modeof transportation

The list of Raw materials and their source with modeof transportation of raw materials are provided inAnnexure-9.

v. Other chemicals and materialsrequired with quantities andstorage capacities

storage details provided in Chapter 2, &Table 2-6&Table 2-7.

vi. Details of emission, effluents, Details on emissions & sources are provided in


of 276


hazardous waste generation andtheir management

Chapter 2 & Table 10-24.Effluents generation, treatment and disposalmethods are detailed in Chapter 2, Table 2-26 &Table 2-27.Hazardous wastes generation and theirmanagement are detailed in Chapter 2, Section2.17.2 & Table 2-20.

vii.Requirement of water, power,with source of supply, status ofapproval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regularand contract)

Details on water requirement and source areprovided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-14.Water balance charts for existing &proposed areFigures 2-11& 2-12 respectivily,and the same arealso enclosed as Annexures 13 &14.Details on power requirement and source areprovided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-15.Details on manpower requirement and source areprovided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-16

viii. Process description along withmajor equipments andmachineries, process flow sheet(quantitative) from raw material toproducts to be provided

Process description is Attached as Annexure 7.The detailed list of machinery & equipments in theindustry installed & proposed to be procured areprovided in the Chapter 2, Tables 2-21, Table 2-22& Table 2-23.

ix. Hazard identification and detailsof proposed safety systems

Hazardous identification and details of proposedsafety systems are detailed in Chapter 7, Section7.7.

x. Expansion/ modernizationproposals(a) Copy of all Environmental

Clearance(s) includingamendments theretoobtained for the project fromMoEF/SEIAA shall beattached as an Annexure. Acertified copy of the latestmonitoring report of theRegional office of theMinistry of Environment andForests as per circular dated30th May, 2012 on the statusof compliance of conditionsstipulated in all existingenvironmental clearancesincluding Amendments shallbe provided. In additionstatus of compliance ofConsent to Operate for the

ExistingEC is enclosed asAnnexure 1Existing CFE &CFO are enclosed as Annexure 2 &3 respectively.Existing CFO &EC conditions compliance report areenclosed as Annexure 4 & 5respectively.


of 276


ongoing existing operation ofthe project from SPCB shallbe attached with the EIA-EMP report

(b) In case the existing project hasnot obtained environmentalclearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisionsof the EIA notification 1994and/or EIA notification 2006shall be provided. Copies ofConsent to Establish / Noobjection certificate andConsent to Operate (in case ofunits operating prior to EIAnotification 2006, CTE and CTOof FY 2005-2006) obtained fromthe SPCB shall be submitted.Further compliance report to theconditions of Consents from theSPCB shall be submitted.

4 Site Detailsi. Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,District and State, justification forselecting the site. Whether othersites were considered

Location of the project site is detailed in Chapter 2,Section 2.3.Alternate sites were not considered, justificationprovided in Chapter 5.

ii. A Topo sheet of the study areaof radius of 10Km and site locationon 1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on anA3/A2 sheet (including al eco-sensitive areas andenvironmentally sensitive places)

Topo map of the study area is provided in Chapter3, and Figure 3-3.

iii. Details w.r.t option analysis forselection of site

Alternate sites were not considered, justificationprovided in Chapter 5.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of allfour corners of the site

Site coordinates of all the corners Provided inChapter 1 & Table 1-4.

v. Google map Earth downloadedof the project site

Google image showing demarcated project site isprovided in Chapter 2, Figure 2-1.

vi. Layout maps indicatingexisting unit as well as proposedunit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. Iflocated within an industrialarea/Estate/Complex, layout of

Site layout indicating storage area, plant area,greenbelt area, utilities etc attached as Annexure-11.


of 276


Industrial area indicating locationof unit within the Industrialarea/Estate.vii. Photographs of the proposedand existing (if applicable) plantsite. If existing, show photographsof plantations/greenbelt, inparticular

The site photographs are appended in Chapter 2,Figure 2-9 and 2-10.

viii. Land use break-up of totalland of the project site (identifiedand acquired), government/private- agricultural, forest,wasteland, water bodies,settlements, etc shall be included(not required for industrial area)

The Land use break-up of total land is provided inthe Chapter 2, Tables 2-10, Table 2-11 &Table 2-12.

ix. A list of major industries withname and type within the studyarea (10 km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details ofthe study area)

List of major industries with name and type withinthe study area (10 km radius) is provided in theChapter 2 & Table 2-1.

x. Geological features andGeo-hydrological status of thestudy area shall be included.

Geo-hydrological status of Bidar District is providedin Chapter 3, Section 3.5.7 ,Figure 3-12& Figure3-13

xi. Details of drainage of theproject upto 5km radius of thestudy area. If the site is within1Km radius of any major river,peak and lean season riverdischarge as well as floodoccurrence frequency based onpeak rainfall data of the past 30years. Details of Flood Level ofthe project site and maximumFlood of the river shall also beprovided (mega green fieldprojects)

Drainage map of the study area showing 10Km isappended in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.9 and Figure3-15.

xii. Status of acquisition of land.If acquisition is not complete,stage of the acquisition processand expected time of completepossession of the land.

The expansion is within the existing facility, noadditional land is required.Land document enclosed as Annexure-6

xiii. R&R details in respect ofland in line with state Governmentpolicy

Not applicable. The project site is located in thedesignated KIADB industrial area.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)


of 276


i. Permission and approvalsfor the use of forest land (forestryclearance), if any, andrecommendations of the StateForest Department (if applicable)

Not Applicable.

ii. Landuse map based on Highresolution satellite imagery (GPS)of the proposed site delineating theforestland (in case of projectsinvolving forest land more than 40ha)

Not Applicable.

iii. Status of applicationsubmitted for obtaining the stage ofForestry Clearance along withlatest status shall be submitted

Not Applicable.

iv. The projects to be locatedwithin 10 Km of the National parks,Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of WildAnimals, the project proponentshall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief WildlifeWarden showing these featuresvis-à-vis the project location andthe recommendations or commentsof the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

Not Applicable.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan dulyauthenticated by the Chief WildlifeWarden of the State Governmentfor conservation of schedule fauna,if any exists in the study area.

Not Applicable.

vi. Copy of application submittedfor clearance under the Wildlife(Protection) Act, 1972 to theStanding Committee of the NationalBoard for Wildlife.

Not Applicable.

6 Environmental Statusi. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project siteand site-specificmicrometeorological date usingtemperature, relative humidity,hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall

The daily inversion level at the project site variesfrom 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, themaximum recorded at 5 PM, March 2017.Details are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.7.1.


of 276


ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NOX, CO and other parametersrelevant to the project shall becollected. The monitoringstations shall be based on CPCBguidelines and take into accountthe pre-dominant wind direction,population zone, sensitivereceptors including reservedforests.

AAQ locations detail is provided in the Chapter 3,Section 3.8.Tables 3-6, Table 3-8&Figure 3-21

iii. Raw data of all AAQmeasurement for 12 weeks of allstations as per frequency givenin the NAQQM notification ofNov. 2009 along with- min-max,average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parametersfrom data of all AAQ stationsshould be provided as anannexure to the EIA report

AAQ raw details are attached as Annexure 26.

iv. Surface water quality of nearbyRiver (1000m upstream anddownstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eightlocations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Surface water quality at eight locations are providedin Chapter 3, Section 3.10.2 and Table 3-11,Figure 3-24 & Table 3-12.

v. Whether the site falls near topolluted stretch of river identifiedby the CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yesgive details

No.

vi. Ground water monitoring atminimum 8 locations shall beincluded

Ground water monitoring results were provided inChapter 3, Section 3.10.3 Figure 3-28 ,Table 3-14& Table 3-15

vii.Noise level monitoring at 8locations within the study area

Noise level monitoring results were provided inChapter 3, Section 3.9 and Figure 3-3& Table 3-9.

viii. Soil characteristics as perCPCB guidelines

Soil samples analysis results are provided inChapter 3, Section 3.11.1, Table 3-16, Figure 3-30& Table 3-17

ix. Traffic study of the area, type ofvehicles, frequency of vehiclesfor transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposedproject, parking arrangement etc.

Since, the proposed project expansion is within theexisting facility located in KIADB industrial area, thetraffic impact may not be in significant magnitude.


of 276


x. Detailed description of flora andfauna (terrestrial and aquatic)existing in the study area shallbe given with special referenceto rare, endemic andendangered species. Ifschedule-I fauna are foundwithin the study area, a WildlifeConservation plan shall beprepared and furnished

Flora and Fauna found within the study area areprovided in Chapter 3, Section 3.12 and Tables 3-18to Table 3-19 & Table 3-20.

xi. Socio-economic status of thestudy area

Socio-economic status of the study area is providedin Chapter 3, Section 3.13.1

7 Impact and Environment Management Plani. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants fromthe stack emission based onsite-specific meteorologicalfeatures. In case the project islocated on a hilly terrain, AQIPmodeling shall be done usinginputs of the specific terraincharacteristics for determiningthe potential impacts of theproject on the AAQ. Cumulativeimpact of all sources ofemissions (includingtransportation) on the AAQ ofthe area shall be assessed.

The ground level concentration of pollutants (PM,SO2, NO2) using AERMOD software were assessedand presented in Chapter 4, Section 4.3.3.3&Tables 4-3 to 4-6.

The impact envisaged is minimum.

Details of the model used andthe input data used for modelingshall also be provided. The airquality contours shall be plottedon a location map showing thelocation of the project site,habitation nearby, sensitivereceptors, if any.

AERMOD Software Version 7.5.0 was used for airdispersion modeling.Chapter 4, and Figures 4-1 to 4-3.

ii. Water quality modeling- in caseof discharge in water body

Not Applicable.Effluent will be treated in ZLD plant.

iii. Impact of the transport of theraw material and end productson the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided.In this regard, options fortransport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes

Transport of raw materials and finished products andwastes through road ways only.


of 276


(large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall beexamined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plantoperations, extent recycled andreused for different purposesshall be included. Completescheme of effluent treatment,characteristics of untreated andtreated effluent to meet theprescribed standards ofdischarge under E(P) rules.

Wastewater treatment and disposal details areprovided in the Chapter 4, Section 4.3.5.5

v. Details of stack emission andaction plan for control ofemissions to meet standards.

Details of stack emission and control measures(APC) are provided in the Chapter 10& Table 10-2.

vi. Measures for fugitive emissioncontrol

Fugitive emission details provided in the Chapter10, Section 10.5.1, Table 10-2 & Table 10-3.

vii. Details of hazardous wastegeneration and their storage,utilization and management,Copies of MOU regardingutilization of solid andhazardous waste in cementplant shall also be included.EMP shall include the conceptof waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques,Energy conservation, andnatural resource conservation.

Details of hazardous waste generation and theirstorage and disposal methods are provided in theChapter 2 & Table 2-20.Recycle/ reuse technique is detailed in Chapter 2,Section 2.14.2, Figure 2-7, Table 2-9 &Table 2-23.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shallbe ensured as per Fly Ashnotification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

Dedicated storage facility is available at the site forFly Ash storage. Fly Ash will be sent to Brickmanufacturers periodically. Details given in Chapter2, Table 2-19.

ix. Action plan for the green beltdevelopment plan in 33% areai.e., land with not less than 1500trees per ha. Giving details ofSpecies, width of plantation,planning schedule etc. shall beincluded. The green belt shallbe around the project boundaryand a scheme for greening ofthe roads used for the project

The Greenbelt details are provided in Chapter 6,Section 6.7.The total land area is 36421.7sq.m (9 Acres), whichis completely fortified and protected on all the foursides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is12019.16 Sq.mt (2.97 Acres, 33%).


of 276


shall also be incorporated.x. Action plan for rain water

harvesting measures at plantsite shall be submitted toharvest rainwater from the rooftops and storm water drains torecharge the ground water andalso to use for the variousactivities at the project site toconserve fresh water andreduce the water requirementfrom other sources.

Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater Rechargingand storm water management are detailed inChapter 10, Section 10.5.3.1

xi. Total capital cost and recurringcost /annum for environmentalpollution control measures shallbe included.

Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum forenvironmental pollution control measures is detailedin Chapter 10& Table 10-8.

xii. Action plan for Post-projectenvironmental monitoring shallbe submitted

Action plan for Post-project environmentalmonitoring, is detailed in Chapter 6 & Table 6-1.

xiii. Onsite and offsite Disaster(natural and Man-made)preparedness and EmergencyManagement Plan includingRisk Assessment and damagecontrol. Disaster ManagementPlan should be linked withDistrict Disaster ManagementPlan.

On-site emergency plans are enclosed asAnnexure-18.

8 Occupational Health1. Plan and fund allocation to

ensure the occupational health& safety of all contract andcasual workers

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupationalhealth & safety of all contract and casual workers isdetailed in Chapter 10, Section 10.6.3

2. Details of exposure specifichealth status evaluation ofworker. If the worker’s health isbeing evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x-rays,Audiometry, Spirometry, Visiontesting (Far and near vision,colour vision and any otherocular defect), ECG, during pre-placement and periodicalexaminations give the details ofthe same. Details regarding last

Occupational Health Monitoring details provided inChapter 10, Section 10.12.Annual health check SOP is enclosed as Annexure20. Annual Medical report of employees is enclosedas Annexure 21.


of 276


month analyzed data of abovementioned parameters as perage, sex, duration of exposureand department wise.

3. Details of existing Occupational& Safety Hazards. What are theexposure levels of hazards andwhether they are PermissibleExposure level (PEL) if theseare not within PEL, whatmeasures the company hasadopted to keep them withinPEL. So that health of theworkers can be preserved.

Details of occupational & Safety Hazards areprovided in the Chapter 7, Section 7.7.

4. Annual report of health status ofworkers with special referenceto Occupational Health andSafety

Annual Medical reports of employees is enclosed asAnnexure 21.

9 Corporate Environment Policyi. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policyapproved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA report

Yes.Environmental Policy is appended in Chapter 10and Figure 10-4.

ii. Does the Environment Policyprescribe for standard operatingprocess/procedures to bringinto focus any infringement/deviation/ violation of theenvironemnt or forest norms/conditions? If so, it may bedetailed in the EIA

Yes.Environmental Policy is appended in Chapter 10and Figure 10-4.A dedicatedEnvironmental Management Cell (EMC)is in force to bring into focus of any infringement/deviation/ violation of the environemnt. Detailsprovided in Chapter 10, Section 10.3 & Table 10-1

iii. What is the hierarchical systemor Administrative order of thecompany to deal with theenvironemntsl issues and forensuring compliance with theenvironmental clearanceconditions? Details of thissystem may be given.

Hierarchical system or Administrative order of thecompany to deal with the environmental issues andfor ensuring compliance is provided in Chapter 10,Section 10.3 &Figure 10-1.

iv. Does the company have systemof reporting of non-compliances/ violations ofenvironemntal norms to theBoard of Directors of the

Reporting mechanism provided in Chapter 10,Section 10.3, Figure 10.1 & Table 10-1.


of 276


company and/or Stakeholdersor stakeholders at large? Thisreporting mechanism shall bedetailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructurefacilities such as sanitation, fuel,restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction aswell as to the casual workersincluding truck drivers duringoperation phase.

The site layout indicating all the facilities is enclosedas Annexure-11.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5%

of the project cost) shall beearmarked towards theEnterprise Social Commitmentbased on public Hearing issuesand item-wise details along withthe bound action plan shall beincluded. Socio-Economicdevelopment activities need tobe elaborated upon.

The project site is located in the designatedindustrial area; hence the public Hearing isexempted. But the project falls under violation so,Draft EIA will submit for Public Hearing. After PublicHearing Menutes the adequate funds will spendsaccordingly.

12 Any litigation pending against theproject and/ or any direction/ orderpassed by any Court of Law againstthe project, if so, details thereofshall also be included. Has the unitreceived any notice under thesection 5 of Environment(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevantSections of Air and Water Acts? Ifso, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and presentstatus of the case.

Nolitigation against the project.

13 A tabular chart with index for pointwise compliance of above TOR

Point wise ToR compliance is provided in Chapter 7& Section 7.5

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE1 Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery andfor emissions control.

Details on solvents to be used, measures for solventrecovery is provided in Chapter 2 & Table 2-8.Emissions control measure is provided in Chapter10, Section 10.5.1. Table 10-2 & Table10-3.

2 Details of process emissions fromthe proposed unit and itsarrangement to control

Emissions control measure is provided in Chapter2,Table 2-24 & Table 2-25.

3 Ambient air quality data should Details provided in Chapter 3 and Table 3-8.


of 276


include VOC, other process specificpollutants like NH3, Chlorine, HCl,HBr, H2S, HF, etc., (as applicable)

4 Work zone monitoring arrangementsfor hazardous chemicals

Details provided in Chapter 10, Section 10.7.

5 Detailed effluent treatment schemeincluding segregation of effluentstreams for units adopting ‘Zero‘Liquid discharge.

Detailed effluent treatment scheme includingsegregation of effluent streams for units adopting‘Zero ‘Liquid discharge is provided in Chapter 4 &Table 4-7

6 Action Plan for odour control to besubmitted

Details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.24.1

7 A copy of the Memorandum ofUnderstanding signed with cementmanufacturers indicating clearly thatthey co-process organicsolid/hazardous waste generated

Enclosed as Annexure 22.

8 Authorization/Membership for thedisposal of liquid effluent in CETPand solid/hazardous waste in TSDF,if any

Facility is ZLD adapted.Hazardous waste is being dispoed at TSDF. TSDFagreement is enclosed as Annexure 16.

9 Action plan for utilization ofMEE/dryers salts

This shall be disposed off to TSDF as this beinghazardous waste.

10 Material safety data sheet for all thechemicals are being used/will beused

Products MSDS Annexure-8 and Raw materialsMSDS Annexure-10.

11 Authorization/ membership for thedisposal of solid/hazardous waste inTSDF.

TSDF Agreement is enclosed as Annexure 16

12 Details of incinerator if to beinstalled.

No incineration activity in the facility.

13 Risk assessment for storage andhandling of hazardouschemicals/solvents. Action plan forhandling & safety system to beincorporated

Risk Assessments are enclosed as Annexure-19.

14 Arrangements for ensuring healthand safety of workers engaged inhandling of toxic materials

Detail on health and safety of workers is provided inChapter 10, Section 10.6.3.

ADDITIONAL TOR’S1. CFE and CFO along with the

compliance.CFO Compliance is enclosed as Annexure 4 &Annecure 5

2. Quantification of the each productand raw material.

The detailed process and material balance isenclosed as Annexure 7 for all proposed products.


of 276


3. Scheme proposed for storing ofcoal, products and by products.

Storage quantity & Facility details for Raw Materials,Products &by products for proposed is provided inChapter 2, Table 2-6 &Table 2-7.

4. Material balance and mass balancefor all the products.

The detailed manufacturing process and materialbalance is enclosed as Annexure 7 for all products.

5. Detailed study of the soil analysisinside the premises of the industry isto be done and provided.

Soil analysis is conducted inside the premises isprovided in Chapter 3, Table 3-16, Figure 3-30 &Table 3-17.

6. Raw material to product and productto waste generation ratio for eachproduct to be given.

The detailed manufacturing process and materialbalance & waste generation ratio is given in materialbalance & is enclosed as Annexure 7 for allproposed products.

7. Manufacturing of Gabpentene to bedropped from the products list whichis accepted by the proponent.

Yes Agreed

8. 2 TPA of R&D material is proposedfor which raw material requirementdetails along with the wastegeneration details to be furnished.

Corrently there is no proposal for R&D, But in futureif it is required based on the market demand,products will be developed through R&D. The wastegeneration ration approximately is 1:10 ration. TheR&D Waste will be disposed as per CPCB/ PCBNorms.

9. Predicted concentration of EDC andMDC to be explained.

EDC is not used in this project. MDC is stored underground tank, So, the risk impact envisaged isminimum.

10. Detail of solid waste generated withrecovery process and losses as perinternational standards to beexplained.

Recovery process and quantity details provided inChapter 2, Table 2-8, Figure 2-7 & Figure 2-9

11. Impact on the adjacent Industry/agriculture land due to this activitywithin 2 km radius.

Since, it is an expansion project & project located inKIADB Industrial area. The information provided inChapter 2.

12. Water analysis to be done for all theparameters for all the nearbyborewells within 2 km radius.

Ground water analysis is provided in Chapter 3,Table 3-14, Section 3.10.3, Figure 3-28 & analysisresults is provided in Table 3-15.

13. Existing greenbelt details andproposed with design to be provided

Existing and proposed green belt details areprovided in Chapter 6, & Figure 6-1.

14. Justification for the steamrequirement, water requirement,energy requirement with processdetails.

The detailed process and material balance isenclosed as Annexure 7. The steam requirement,water requirement and energy requirement detailsare provided in Chapter 2, Figure 2-11, Figure 12 ,Table 2-15& Table 2-23.

15. Storage and safety measures takenin the hydrogenation process to beexplained in EIA.

The information about storage and safety measurealong with process is provided in Chapter 2,&Section 2.10.


of 276


16. Raney nickel is to be replaced withpalladium/ carbon in thehydrogenation process.

Draft Non Disclosure Agreement with Council ofScientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) is underprocess for replacement of Raney nickel withpalladium.

17. In the monitoring protocols of theambient air, VOC to beincorporated.

The monitoring programme is provided in Chapter6& Table 6-1.

18. Solvent storage and solventrecovery scheme to be explained.

Solvent storage and solvent recovery process isprovided in Chapter 2, Table 2-8, Figure 2-7, Table2-9.

19. Enlist the raw materials with quantitywith particular mention of anypyrophoric & highly reactivematerials and precautions taken fortheir storage. Also mention anyrestricted / banned chemicals, ifused in your product manufactureproposal.

No Banned chemicals are used in this project.List of raw materials, mode of storage, mode oftransportation and quantity details are enclosed AsAnnexure 9.

Self declaration for not using Banned chemicals isattached as Annexure 25.

20. Provide the solvents storage planwith quantity as per standard normshighlighting any special precautionsadopted for storage.

Solvent storage and solvent recovery process isprovided in Chapter 2, Table 2-8, Figure 2-7&Table2-9.Saftey precaustions are provided in Chapter 7,Section 7.7

21. Assessment of ecological damagewith respect to air, water, land andother environment attributes. Thecollection and analysis of data shallbe done by an environmentallaboratory duly notified under theenvironment (protection) act, 1986,or an environmental laboratoryaccrediated by NAB, or a laboratoryof a council of scientific andindustrial research CSIR) institutionworking in the field of environmnet

Assessment of Ecological damage, Damageassessment, Remediation Plan & AugmentationPlan is providedin Chapter 7 Section 7.8 to 7.15.

22. Preparation of EMP comprisingremediation plan and natural andcommunity resource augmentationplan corresponding to the ecologicaldamage assessed and economicaugmentation benefits derived dueto violation.

23. The remediation plan and thenatural and community resourceaugmentation plan to be prepared


of 276


as an independent chapter in theEIA report by the accrediiatedconsultants.

24. The proponent shall assess theenvironmental damage done to useof septic tank and soak pit.

25. The proponent shall get the publichearing (as per the order dated13.10.2017 & 14.03.2018 by thehon”:ble high court of judicature atmadreas in W.P. No.11189 of 2017)conducted in accordance with theprocedure prescribed under the EIAnotification, 2006 and all theconcerns raised during publicconsultation shall be addressed andincorporated in the final EIA report.

Noted, and will be followed. Now the document issubmitting for Public Hearing.

26. The consultants involved in thepreparation of EIA/EMP report shallhave accrediation with qualitycouncil of india/ nationalaccrediation board of education andtraining (QCI/NABET). Certificate inthis regard shall be included in theEIA/EMP reports prepared by themand the data provided by otherorganisation/ laboratories includingtheir status of approvals etc. in thisregards office memorandumNo.F.No.J-11013/77/2004-IA.II(I)dated 30th june 2011 and notificationNo.S.O.1030 (E) dated 8th march2018 available on the MOEF &CCGoI website http://www.moef.nic.inbe referred

M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., ChennaiNABET Accredited vide Certificate No.NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083& MoEF Recognized LabvideF. No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW)Details provided in Chapter 12.

7.7 Hazard Identification and Safety System

Hazard Identified In the Factory

1. Health hazard due to exposure to chemicals and chemical spillages.2. Fire hazard due to use of flammable chemicals.3. Fire and explosion hazard due to various chemical reactions.

Scenario Based Emergency Actions

1. Action plan in case of Solvent leakage from flange joints or from bottom valve etc.,


of 276

a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.b. Access the situation.c. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel protective

equipments.d. Stop leakage by closing isolation valve.e. Stop hot work in surrounding area.f. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.g. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.h. Cover drains / isolate from other plants with the help of sand or soil.i. Affected persons shall move to fresh air and seek medical help further.

2. Action plan in case of Fire in Centrifuge due to Solvent vapors

a. Shout and break MCPb. Trained personnel shall fight the fire with suitable PPEs.c. Extinguish fire with DCP / CO2 / Foam extinguisher.d. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, start fighting

by using fire hydrant system with mobile foam unit.e. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.f. Close valves on solvent pipe lines.g. Cooldown MLR tank by water spray.h. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.i. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.j. Affected persons should be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

3. Action plan in case of Fire or Explosion

a. Shout and break MCP.b. Trained personnel shall fight the fire with suitable PPEs.c. Extinguish with DCP / CO2 / Foam Extinguishers installed at site.d. In case the fire not controlled with the use of portable fire extinguishers, start fighting

by using fire hydrant system and use mobile foam unit for solvent fire.e. Isolate the power supply of the respective area.f. Other than the needy all shall evacuate the area.g. Cooldown nearby receivers / service tank, reactors etc by water spray.h. Isolate interconnection of tanks, reactors, service tank, charging valves, receivers

etc.i. Other pipelines are to be checked for isolation.j. Close / isolate the drains with sand or soil.k. Affected persons shall be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

4. Action plan in case of Toxic Release

a. Shift In-charge / Department Head shall be informed immediately.b. Only trained personnel shall approach the area using suitable personnel protective

equipments like SCBA.c. Check the wind direction; decide route of escape and evacuating persons shall run

perpendicular to the wind direction and not against / along the wind direction.d. Evacuating personnel should use wet handkerchief on their nose.e. Inform the neighbourhood if required and if they are likely to be affected.f. Ensure that only essential personnel are in the affected areas.g. Rescue the persons trapped / injured.h. Person present in other buildings should close their windows and doors to prevent

any entry of leaked gases.


of 276

i. Trace the source of leakage or spillage and isolate the system from otherequipment.

j. Isolate the electrical supply to the affected area.k. Trap the leakage into a suitable scrubber.l. Affected persons shall be given first aid and moved for medical attention.

5. Action plan in case of Electric Fire or Shock

a. Isolate the power supply to the affected area immediately before approaching thesite.

b. Do not use water for extinguishing the fire. Use CO2 type or DCP type or dry sand toextinguishing the fire.

c. Remove any flammable or combustible material from the vicinity of the incident.d. Remove the affected person to an open area and check his breathing.e. If he is unconscious and not breathing initiate artificial resuscitation procedure.f. Do first aid for any burn injury.g. Physically isolate the burnt electrical components. Do not energize till the entire

circuitry is checked with megger or other devices with safety mechanisms.

6. Action plan in case of leakage or rupture of Solvent / Fuel storage tanks

a. Area shall be evacuated immediately and cordoned off.b. Affected persons shall be thoroughly washed using clean water and given

necessary medical aid.c. Personnel entering the area should make use of suitable personnel protective

equipments.d. Leaked tank must be depressurized immediately by transferring remaining quantity

into another tank or container.e. Leakage source must be traced and plugged.f. Isolate the nearby electrical points and prevent any fire being brought nearby. As a

precaution mobilize extra fire extinguishers to the spot to tackle fire if caught. Spilledmaterial spreading should be contained in a dyke and transferred to container or itmust be absorbed on sand or earth.

g. The contaminated sand or earth must be neutralized and then dumped at safe placeor burned in the fire pit. (flammable liquids should not be absorbed by combustiblesolids like saw dust or combustible fibres)

h. If a spilled material in to the trench of electrical cables, then it shall be drained withnatural gradient and wash with large quantity of water continuously after deenergising the cable.

i. If a spilled material gets into the storm water drain or sewer line then it must beflushed with a continuous flow of large stream of clean water till it is neutralized fully.

7. Action plan in case of Compressed Gas Cylinder Leakage

a. Move the cylinders to well ventilated area, and barricade the area. Never try torepair the leaks when the equipment under pressure.

a. Immediately contact supplier to get the necessary information and help.

b. If fire catches to cylinder, do not try to extinguish the cylinder fire. Only cool (bypouring water) and protect the nearby equipments from the safe distance.


of 276

8. Action plan in case of Cryogenic Gas (Liquid Nitrogen) Leakage

a. Allow the spillage to evaporate by providing good ventilation.b. If you feel the ventilation is insufficient, immediately evacuate the area.

9. Action plan in case of Water Reactive Chemical Spillage

a. Do not put water on the spill.b. If it is liquid, use neutralizing agent and inert material like dry sand to absorb

spillage.c. If it is powder / crystalline, avoid generating dusty conditions, sweep up material.d. Placed to bag, label the bag and send to ETP for safe disposal.e. Decontaminate spill site with suitable neutralizing material.f. Wash the spill area.

10. Action plan in case of Leakage through Pipe Line, Barrel / Drum

a. If the leak in a pipe line, immediately stop the supply to corresponding pipe lineb. If the leak in a barrel or drum, do not move or transport that barrel or drum.c. Immediately transfer that content to another non leak barrel or drum.d. Transferred barrel / drum should be compatible with the material.e. After the material transferred, empty drums are to be neutralized, washed and then

send to ETP for safe disposal.f. To remove the spilled material from that area, procedure to be followed based on

the nature of material / chemical.

7.8 Assessment Of Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan And Natural AndCommunity Resources Augmentation Plan

The Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5(f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals asper the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments. Since, SDPL started the work on site, expandedthe production beyond the limit of Environmental Clearance, or change the product mix withoutobtaining prior Environmental Clearance under the EIA notifications 2006. So, Project falls underviolation category ‘B’ as per Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017 from2008 to 2017( 9 Years).The chronological events of the project is shown in Table 1-2.

The Proposal was considered in 199th Karnataka SEAC meeting held on 2nd June 2018. Based onthe information furnished KSEIAA had issued the Terms of Reference (TOR)vide F. No. SEIAA 26IND (VIOL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018 to preparing the Environmental Impact Assessment(EIA)Report along with Ecological Damage Assessment and remediation plan.

Ecological Damage Assessment and Cost for 9 years of violation, Remediation Plan, Natural andCommuniyt resource augumentation plan are summarized in Section 7.8.


of 276

7.9 Enumerate the aspects of violation

Table 7-1 Enumerate the aspects of violationS.No

Description Details Unit 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017

1 ProjectDetails

Actual Productionquantity as per

warehouseMT/year 150.88 107.2 118.35 179.27

3 130.657 246.59 270.276 71.54 163.64 201.314 194.051 157.613 156.566

Major Raw MaterialConsumption MT/year 2766.36

61389.94

4717.05

1817.52

1 604.502 1266.994

1242.469

1378.241

1547.575

2181.632

2512.278 1509.81 1865.88

3Total Water

Consumption KL/year 8864 6298 6953 9648 9780 9630 9534 9592 9500 8500 8732 9530 9186

Total FuelConsumption for

Boiler

FireWood

MT/year638 400 2634.9

6877.05

71086.86

5 204.78 326.751 641.375 1037.12 1704.28 89.044 526.539 48.22

CoalMT/yr 124.37 408.94 85.592 221.76

3 934.995 1129.28 1441.489

2099.885 1029.54 2378.02 3711.45 3213 3677.15

HSDMT/year 8.877 25.72 36.603 22.754 39.5 41.08 34.608 72.563 96.99 95.04 108.75 71.672 65.165

Solvent Usage MT/year 159.999 363.733 254.897

331.125 170.487 921.116 857.8 151.14 1491.69

72500.94

22339.48

31710.33

31857.94

1Solvent Recovery MT/year 135.999 309.173 216.66 281.45 144.91 782.94 729.13 128.46 1267.94 2125.8 1988.56 1453.78 1579.24

Solvent Loss MT/year 20.999 46.37 32.49 42.21 21.73 117.44 109.36 19.269 190.19 318.75 298.28 218.06 236.88

2 Plot Area Sq.m 20095 20095 20095 20095 24137 24137 36278 36278 36278 36278 36278 36278 36278

3 Area

a Built up Area Sq.m 8050 8050 8050 8050 9680 9680 13950 13950 13950 13950 13950 13950 13950

b Roads Sq.m 4020 4020 4020 4020 4345 4345 4047 4047 4047 4047 4047 4047 4047

c Open space/vacant Area Sq.m 4005 4005 4005 4005 3362 3362 6262 6262 6262 6262 6262 6262 6262

d Greenbeltarea Sq.m 4020 4020 4020 4020 6750 6750 12019 12019 12019 12019 12019 12019 12019


of 276

e Parking Area Sq.m Parking provided outside the premises along with compound wall4 Plant Details

a Reactors Capacity& No.Capacity& No.-2

To 15KL(99)No.s

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -21 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -9 NO,

5000 L -6 NO,

6000 L -2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -21 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -9 NO,

5000 L -6 NO,

6000 L -2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L- 2 NO,2000 L- 6 NO,2500 L- 1 NO,3000 L

- 21NO,

3500 L- 2 No,4000 L- 9 NO,5000 L- 6 NO,6000 L- 2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L- 2 NO,2000 L- 6 NO,2500 L- 1 NO,3000 L

- 21NO,

3500 L- 2 No,4000 L- 9 NO,5000 L- 6 NO,6000 L- 2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -21 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -9 NO,

5000 L -6 NO,

6000 L -2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -21 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -9 NO,

5000 L -6 NO,

6000 L -2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -21 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -9 NO,

5000 L -6 NO,

6000 L -2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -21 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -9 NO,

5000 L -6 NO,

6000 L -2 No,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -26 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -15 NO,5000 L -7 NO,

6000 L -7 NO,

6500 L -1 NO,

7500 L -2 NO,

10000 L- 7 NO,12000 L- 2 NO,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -6 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -26 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -15 NO,5000 L -7 NO,

6000 L -7 NO,

6500 L -1 NO,

7500 L -2 NO,

10000 L- 7 NO,12000 L- 2 NO,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -8 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -29 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -21 NO,5000 L -11 NO,6000 L -7 NO,

6500 L -1 NO,

7500 L -3 NO,

10000 L- 7 NO,12000 L- 2 NO,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -8 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -29 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -21 NO,5000 L -11 NO,6000 L -7 NO,

6500 L -1 NO,

7500 L -3 NO,

10000 L- 7 NO,12000 L- 2 NO,

250 L -1 NO,500 L -1 NO,750 L -2 No,

800 L -1 NO,

1250 L- 2 NO,1500 L -2 NO,

2000 L -8 NO,

2500 L -1 NO,

3000 L -29 NO,3500 L -

2 No,4000 L -21 NO,5000 L -11 NO,6000 L -7 NO,

6500 L -1 NO,

7500 L -3 NO,

10000 L- 7 NO,12000 L- 2 NO,

b ProcessEquipments Capacity& No. 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 76 76 90 90 90

c Scrubber Capacity& No. 3000CFM/ No 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 1 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO 2 NO

d Boiler Capacity& No. 4TPH / 1no. 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph 4 tph


of 276

e CoolingTower Capacity& No. 300 TR 2 NOS 2 NOS 2 NOS 2 NOS 2 NOS 2 NOS 2 NOS 2 NOS 5 NOS 5 NOS 5 NOS 5 NOS 5 NOS

f Softner Capacity& No. 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6KLD/H

6KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H 6 KLD/H

g RO Capacity& No. M3/hr- - - - - - - - - 2500Lt/

H2500Lt/

H2500Lt/

H2500Lt/

H

h DM- - - - - - - - - - - - -

i DG stack 02 Nos 2 No. 2 No. 2 No. 2 No. 2 No. 2 No. 2No. 2 No. 2 2 2 2 2

5 Source ofWater Own Borwell 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6

Ambient AirAnalysis AsperMoEF&CCApprovedAnalyticalLaboratories(PrimaryPollutants).

Particulate Matter 2.5(KSPCB Approved) µg/m3

- - - - - - - -

34.6

- - - -

Particulate Matter 10(KSPCB Approved) µg/m3

- - - - - - - -87.3 79 88 75 63

SO2 µg/m3- - - - - - - -

8.4 1626 11 7.5

NOx µg/m3- - - - - - - -

11.3 21 32 28 7.9

7

Ambient AirAnalysis AsperMoEF&CCApprovedAnalyticalLaboratories(OtherPollutants).

VOC Ppm - - - - - - - - - - - - -

NH3 µg/m3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Chlorine µg/m3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

HBr µg/m3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

HF µg/m3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

H2S µg/m3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

HCl µg/m3 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

8DG StackAnalysisReport as

PM mg/Nm3 - - - - - - - - - - - 47 59

SOx mg/Nm3 - - - - - - - - - - - 6.9 7.8


of 276

perMoEF&CCApprovedAnalyticalLaboratories

NOx mg/Nm3

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

9

Boiler StackAnalysisReport asperMoEF&CCApprovedAnalyticalLaboratories

PM mg/Nm3 - - - - - - - - 123.5 120 126 105 63

SOx mg/Nm3 - - - - - - - - 0 25 26 22 0

NOx mg/Nm3

- - - - - - - -

0 30 34 42 0

10

Wastewater DetailsRaw EffluentHigh TDSEffluent(MEEOutflowQuantity)

KL/year Not available 3807 1008 2298 2793 2737 2006 3178

Low TDSEffluent(ETPOutflowQuantity)

KL/year

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Capacity ofETP Solar evaporation points have been existed with 3000 sq meters 30 KLD 30 KLD 30 KLD 30 KLD 30 KLD 30 KLD 30 KLD

SewageOutflowQuantity

KL/yearr 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

High TDSMEE OutflowQuality AsperMoEF&CCapprovedLaboratories.

pH - - - - - - - - 0 7.8 7.6 7.8 8.1O&G mg/L - - - - - - - - - - - - -

TDS mg/L - - - - - - - - - 1300 1410 1310 600TSS mg/L - - - - - - - - - 20 20 20 -

BOD mg/L - - - - - - - - - 25 20 20 -

COD mg/L - - - - - - - - -. 100 100 74 -

Low TDSOutflow

pHO&G mg/L


of 276

Quality asperMoEF&CCapprovedLaboratories.

TDS mg/LTSS mg/LBOD mg/LCOD mg/L

Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L

SewageOutflowQuality asperMoEF&CCapprovedLaboratories.

pHO&G mg/LTDS mg/LTSS mg/LBOD mg/LCOD mg/L

Disposal ofSewage Septic Tank KL/year

Mode ofDisposal ofSewage

Soak pit

Capacity ofSTP

NA

11 Process Vent viz VOC, Chlorine, HCl, Ammonia

Hydrogen sulphide µg/m3

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Dichlorodifluoromethane µg/m4

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Methylene chloride µg/m5- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Carbon tetrachloride µg/m6- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Benzene µg/m7- - - - - - - - - - - - -


of 276

Toluene µg/m8- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Methanol µg/m9- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Chloromethane µg/m10- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Mercaptans µg/m11- - - - - - - - - - - - -

1,4-dioxine- - - - - - - - - - - - -

12 Hazardous waste

1) Used/Spent oil L/A

NA

0 0.2 0.118 0.168 0.25 0.3Not

available

Notavailabl

e0.18 0.21 1.95 0

2) Oil soakedcotton waste MT/A

- - - - - - - - - - - -

3) SpentResidue(From process)

MT/A 0 3 0.961 0.961 1.5 1.2Not

available

Notavailabl

e0 0 10 0

4) SpentCatalyst MT/A - - - - - - - - - - - -

5) Spentsolvent MT/A - - - - - - - - - - - -

6) Disposalof emptywastechemicalsdrums

Nos/A

- - - - - - - - - - - -

7)ETPSLUDGE/MEE Salt

MT/A 7 0 0 0.982 0.982 0.982 53.24Not

available

220 276 288 290

8) SpentCarbon Kgs/A

- - -0.47 0.118 2 5

Notavailabl

e0.36 0.3 0.336 54

13 Municipal Solid Waste


of 276

a OrganicWaste MT/A 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 4.74 4.74 4.74 4.74 6.2

b InorganicWaste MT/A 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4 7.12 7.12 7.12 7.12 9.3

14Deforestation/ Removalof Trees

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


of 276

7.10 Quantification of Damage Assessment

Assessment of the damages caused during construction and operation phases are given below


The major air pollution sources from the industry are DG sets, boilers and reactors. The DG setand boiler sources are provided with stacks of adequate height so as to disperse the emanatingflue gases containing suspended particulate matter, Sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen


The source of wastewater generation from Industry as follows:



Major sources of noise generation from industry, noise generation sources during operationalphase are classified into two categories:

Stationary sources due to operation of heavy duty machinery at the project site like Boilers,Compressors, DG sets, Pumps etc.

Mobile sources corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization, materials,material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc.

The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation phase.However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due tooccupational exposure. The fixed major equipment/units such as boiler house,compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase andmay cause exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.


There are no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves within 10 km radius from theplant site. Except Bannerghatta National Park, which is 8.4 Km away from the project site towardswest direction.

Baseline status of vegetation clearly suggests that project area is mainly barren land devoid oflarge trees and mainly consists of scattered and sparse vegetation. However, their population isquite small and isolated in the buffer area. Under the Green Belt development plan suitable speciesof herbs and trees will be used for plantations based on “Guidelines for Developing Greenbelt”published by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) by involving local forest department or localcommunity people.


of 276

7.10.5 Solid Waste

Operation phase is likely to generate various types of solid waste which can be broadly categorizedas Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste. Further, the generated solid waste generationmay include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds.

7.11 Evaluation of Damage

7.11.1 Air Pollution

The set source is provided with stack of adequate height & scrubbers, so as to disperse theemanating flue gases containing sulfur di oxide & oxides of nitrogen without affecting the groundlevel concentrations.

Table 7-2 Quantification of Emissions

S. No Emissiondetails

Boiler DG

Emissionsquantity

Ton /Year

Total Emissionsquantity

(Ton) for 9 yearsEmissions

quantityTon /Year

Total Emissionsquantity

(Ton) for 9years

1 PM 0.173046861 3.893554 0.01277208 0.1149492 SO2 14.0393261 126.3539 0.12913992 1.1622593 NOx 7.429079839 66.86172 0.05563476 0.500713

Source Fuel quantity: Project proponent

Source for Emission calculation:

1. Air Quality Assessment, Emission Inventory by NEERI

2. #: Source- Environmental Pollution book by Vijay P Singh, Ram Narayan Yadava, 2003

3. http://www.vtpi.org/tca/tca0510.pdf

Table 7-3 Penalty analysis of Air emissions

S. No PollutantsTotal Emissions

quantity (Ton) for 9years

( 2008 to 2017)Cost per TPA (Rs.) Total Cost in Lakhs for

9 Years

Boiler1 PM 2.076562334 1893669.47 32,76,935.582 SO2 168.4719131 142357.9 1,79,87,480.823 NOx 89.14895807 78787.58 52,67,873.00

Sub Total 1 2,65,32,289.40DG

1 PM 0.01277208 1893669.47 2,17,674.882 SO2 0.12913992 142357.9 1,65,456.793 NOx 0.05563476 78787.58 39,449.95

Sub Total 2 4,22,581.62Total = 2,69,54,871.02


of 276

Source: Project Proponent

7.11.2 Water Pollution

The HTDS effluent treated in MEE, the MEE condensate is mixed with domestic and LTDSwastewater and treated in Combined ETP (ETP & STP) followed by RO. The RO permeate is usedfor gardening and utility purpose. The MEE concentrate is taken to ATFD and the solid waste isdisposed to TSDF. The ZLD concept is adopted.

Table 7-4Details of Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2005 to 2017S.No

Description

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

1 High TDS(KLA) 0 0 0 0 0 0 380

7100

8229

8279

3273

7200

6317

8

2 Low TDS(KLA) - - - - - - - - - - - - -

3 Sewage(KLA) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

Table 7-5 Penalty due to Effluent & Wastewater generation from 2008 to 2017

S. No Pollutants KL/Y Penalty costKL/A (in rupees)

Total damageCost/year

Total damage Cost for10 years

2005-20171 High TDS 1220.75 400 488300 4394700.002 Low TDS - 250 0 -3 Sewage 30 150 4500 40500

Total 4435200.00*Treatment cost of sewage is assumed 150/-

7.11.3 Noise Pollution

The major noise generating equipment like Compressors, DG sets, TFH, Boiler Feed water pumpsetc. is enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencersto other equipment etc. Major noise generating equipment is designed with 85 dB (A) ensuringcumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A). The occupational noise exposure to the workers inthe form of eight hourly times weighted average is maintained well within the prescribedOccupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits. Adequate PPE areprovided to the staff exposing to noise risks.


of 276

Table 7-6 Noise pollution damage assessment

S.No

Number ofPersons

No. ofWorking

days/yearDamage cost

per day/personDamage cost per

yearTotal damage cost for 9

years( 2008 to 2017)

1 83 365 1 30295 272655.00Man power Source: Project Proponent

7.11.4 Solid Waste

Designated solid waste storage area is allocated within the site for handling of Municipal SolidWastes and disposed to Municipal Authorities. Industrial solid waste is transferred to TSDF site forsafe disposal of hazardous wastes.

Table 7-7 Details of Solid Waste generation from 2005 to 2017S.No

Description

2005

2006

2007 2008 2009 201

0 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

1 MSW(TPA) 8.2 8.2 8.2 9.85 9.85 9.85 18.0

618.0

618.0

618.0

618.0

618.0

6

2 Incineration(TPA) 0 0 3 0.96

10.96

1 1.5 1.2 0 0 0 0 0

Table 7-8 Penalty due to Solid Waste generation from 2008 to 2017

S. No Pollutants TPA Penalty costTPA (in rupees)

Total damageCost/year

Totaldamage Cost

for 9 years2008-2017

1 MSW (TPA) 13.5425 290 3995.0375 35,955.342 Incineration (TPA) 0.635167 25000 15879.1667 1,42,912.503 Spent Carbon+MEE Salts 20.063 1800 36114.6 3,25,031.4

Total 5,03,899.24*Treatment cost of MSW is assumed 290/-*Treatment cost of Incineration is assumed 25000/-

7.12 Ecological Damage

Since the industry was already well established before 2008, there is no felling of trees, soecological damage is envisaged is negligible.

7.7.2 Total Damage Assessment and Cost Details

Table 7-9 Total Damage cost of the Project for 9 Years of violationS. No Description Cost (INR)

1 Air Environment 2,69,54,871.032 Water Environment 44,35,200.003 Removal of Trees 04 Noise Environment 2,72,655.005 Land Environment 5,03,899.24

Total Cost 3,21,66,625.27


of 276

Table 7-10 Capital Investment & Recurring Cost for Environmental Management Systemsfor9Years of violation

S.No Details No Cost Total in Rs1 Scrubber 4 150000 6,00,000.002 Boiler Stacks 1 400000 4,00,000.003 DG stacks 2 50000 1,00,000.004 ETP 1 15000000 1,50,00,000.005 MEE 1 13000000 1,30,00,000.006 Cyclone Separator 1 300000 3,00,000.009 Green belt 500 400 2,00,000.0010 Environmental Laboratory 1 100000 1,00,000.0011 Online Continuous monitoring Equipment 1 375000 3,75,000.00

Total 3,00,75,000.00

TotalEnvironmental DamagePenalty Charges for violation period(9years)=3,21,66,625.27(Environmental Damage Penalty charges for 9 years - Capital Investment & Recurring Costfor Environmental Management Systems for 9 years of violation)

Table 7-11Existing Environmental Cost and Environmental Damage cost detailsS. No Particulars Cost (INR)

1 Environmental Damage Penalty charges for 9 years 3,21,66,625.27

2 Capital Investment & Recurring cost for EnvironmentalManagement Systems for 9years of violation 3,00,75,000.00

3 Total Environmental Damage Penalty Charges for violation period(9 years) 20,91,625.27

Table 7-12 Total Cost DetailsS. No Cost details Cost (INR)

1 Total Penalty for Environmental Damage cost 20,91,625.272 Remediation Plan 13,00,000.003 Community Augumentation Plan 11,20,000.00

Total Cost 45,11,625.27


of 276

7.13 Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan and Cost

Table 7-13 Ecological Damage, Remediation Plan and Cost

S. No Parameter Activity / Source ImpactCause Remediation Plan

RemediationCost/year in

INR1 Change of

TopographySince the industry wasalready well establishedbefore 2005

NA NA --

2 De forestation Since the industry wasalready well establishedbefore 2008

NA NA --

3 Soil Erosion Since the industry wasalready well establishedbefore 2008

NA NA --

4 Loss ofBiodiversity

Since the industry wasalready well establishedbefore 2008

Proposed project is coming underthe notified industrial area.

Since the industry was already wellestablished before 2008, there is nofelling of trees

There are no national parks, wildlifesanctuaries or biosphere reserveswithin 10 km radius from the plantsite. Except Bannerghatta NationalPark, which is 8.4 Km away fromthe project site towards westdirection.

NA --


of 276

5 AirEnvironment

Process Boiler DG Sets Transportation

Dust Generation Particulate matter smaller than 10

microns, can settle in the bronchi andlungs and cause health problemslike

Bronchitis, Emphysema, BronchialAsthma, Irritation of mucusMembranes of eyes, etc.

Particles smaller than 2.5micrometers (PM2.5), tend to penetrateinto the lungs and very Small particles(< 100 nanometers) may pass throughthe lungs to affect other organs. Vehicleemission can also create various healthproblems on human being

Dust depossion on vegetation andnearby human settlements

Facilitating the workers with the requiredpersonal protective equipment.

Efficient usage and maintenance ofequipment/ machineries to lower airemissions, noise pollution andconsumption of energy resource.

Exhaust vent of DG set will be providedwith adequate stack height to ensurequick dispersal of gaseous emissions.

Periodic monitoring and maintenance oftransport vehicles to check on the qualityof emission to be within permissible limitsand consumption of fuel.

All our process operation is being done inreactor under closed system.

Reactors vent is connected to the primaryand secondary condenser with chillingarrangement as per safe processrequirement to avoid the vapor emissioninto atmosphere.

Provision of brine (-15 degree Celsius)and chilled water ( 5-7 degree Celsius)circulation in condenser is provided andfurther at required places vent isconnected with scrubber system to scrubthe toxic fumes. Thus the fugitiveemission is controlled.

2,00,000.00


of 276

6 WaterEnvironment

a) Water usageb) High TDSc) Low TDSd) Sewage

Domestic sewage from theemployees of the industry & thewastewater from the manufacturingprocesses are the majorparameters of consideration duringthe operation phase.

The wastewater when dischargeduntreated can affect the DOconcentrations of the receivingbodies.

The most significant problem iscontamination of groundwater bythe wastewater which can leach outof the soil & pollute thegroundwater.

The HTDS effluent treated in MEE,the MEE condensate is mixed withdomestic and LTDS wastewater andtreated in CETP (ETP&STP) followedby RO.

The RO permeate is used forgardening and utility purpose. TheMEE concentrate is taken to ATFDand the solid waste is disposed toTSDF. The ZLD concept is adopted.

3,00,000.00

7 SoilEnvironment

Municipal solidwaste & Hazardouswaste generation

The source of Municipal solid wastein the industry will be from thedomestic use.

The various hazardous wastesgenerated from process are spentcatalyst, spent solvent, processresidues, chemical sludge from theeffluent treatment plant anddiscarded bags from the rawmaterials section.

Designated solid waste storage areais allocated within the site for handlingof Municipal Solid Wastes anddisposed to Municipal Authorities.

Industrial solid waste is transferred toTSDF site for safe disposal ofhazardous wastes.

2,00,000.00


of 276

8 NoiseEnvironment

DG Sets Boilers Reactors Air compressors Centrifuges Boiler feed water

pumps Cooling towers Chilling plants

pulverizes

The major source of noise pollutionin the industry is vehicularmovements, DG sets, boilers,reactors, air compressors,centrifuges, Boiler feed waterpumps, Cooling towers, Chillingplants pulverizes.

Noise nuisance causes discomfortand health related issues to thosewho work at the site and those whoreside in the neighboring villages.

Transportation activities will be carriedout only during the day and only incase of emergency, the transportationactivities will be permitted in nighttime.

The vehicles used for thetransportation of materials will beprovided with the horn of low noiselevel as recommended by RTO/concerned authorities.

Minimization of operation time ofnoisy equipment and operation ofmachineries/equipment that generatehigh levels of noise only during daytime.

Minimization of use of plant andequipment, namely, running on fullpower when the work does notnecessitate it will be avoided.

Personal protective equipment,education and public awareness andexposure control through rotation ofwork will be provided to the workersengaged in the area generating highlevels of noise.

Selection of high quality equipment. DG sets are provided with integral

acoustic enclosures. Also the ambient noise levels will be

ensured within the ambient standardsby inbuilt

Design of mechanical equipment andbuildings.

Greenbelt along the periphery and atvarious locations will help reducingthe noise levels.

1,00,000.00


of 276

9 BiologicalEnvironment

Since the industry wasalready well establishedbefore 2008

Proposed project is coming underthe notified industrial area.

Since the industry was already wellestablished before 2008, there is nofelling of trees

There are no national parks, wildlifesanctuaries or biosphere reserveswithin 10 km radius from the plantsite. Except Bannerghatta NationalPark, which is 8.4 Km away fromthe project site towards westdirection.

The project area is mainly barrenland devoid of large trees andmainly consists of scattered andsparse vegetation. However, theirpopulation is quite small andisolated in the buffer area.

The project site is in KIADBindustrial area; hence no impactshave been expected to arise on thebiological environment

There is no extinct flora and faunaspecies found in the study area.

There is no Migration of wildlife and overall

Under the Green Belt development plansuitable species of herbs and trees will beused for plantations based on “Guidelines forDeveloping Greenbelt” published by CentralPollution Control Board (CPCB) by involvinglocal forest department or local communitypeople.

3,00,000.00


of 276

10 OccupationalHealth

API Manufacturing unit The respiratory and skin relateddiseases are common healthproblems in any industrialized area.

The occupational and diseases dueto the pollution are the mainproblem in the area. The airpollution due to the vehiclemovement is more intense than theindustrial pollution.

Accident is another issue due to thegrowing vehicular movement.

The other major health issue ismental health due to the stress,migration, unable to adaptability ofnew environments, windfall gainfrom assets. Also it increases thecrime rate.

Green belt creation wherever possibleto arrest dust and reduce noisepropagation.

Good control measures for reducingair pollution & Control of noise levels.

Conducting Initial Medicalexamination (IME) at pre-

Entry level stage of workers andPeriodical Medical Examination(PME) by qualified doctors.

Providing Health report to employeesregularly after health check ups

Provided Personnel ProtectiveEquipment (PPE) to all staff andworkers to guard against excessnoise

Levels, Dust generation andinhalation, etc., as per standards

1,00,000.00

11 Socioeconomic

API Manufacturing unit The area needs more passengershelters at bus stops andappropriate road signs to be placedat conspicuous places.

Predicting and evaluating thevarious significant impacts that arelikely to occur. The impacts on theenvironmental indices viz. air,water, soil & noise

Awareness programmes Community development activities Education and Hospital facilities to

community Regular health checks in and around

area peoples

1,00,000.00


of 276

7.14 Natural Resource Augmentation Plan

Table 7-14Natural Resource Augmentation measures and costS. No Description Augmentation Plan Cost for Resource Augmentation

1LandEnvironmentConservation

As the manufacturing facility is located in the designated KIADBindustrial area, the proposed activity does not change the land useclassification of the site

Soils contaminated from chemical spills and residues.

40,000.00

2 Air ManagementConservation

Plantation to reduce effects of air/ noise pollution as part of landscapedevelopment. A row of trees to be planted along the plant boundaryperiphery to screen the site from air/ noise pollution.

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, KSPCB willbe maintained.

The emissions from the reactors will be mitigated by providing adequatestack to scrubbers connected to the reactors.

The emission from boilers and D.G sets will be mitigated by providingadequate stack height.

2,00,000.00

3WaterManagementConservation

Storm water drainage system laid considering natural gradient of the siteand sufficient number of recharge pits will be provided at appropriatelocations to recharge ground water table.

All sewage generated shall be mandatorily treated and reused within thepremises and will not be allowed to be discharged outside.

The process effluent (HTDS) is treated Multiple Effect Evaporator(MEE), the condensate is mixed with other wastewater stream (LDTS)including sewage and treated in CETP followed by RO Filtration. TheRO permeate is re-used and the reject is sent to MEE. The MEEconcentrate is taken to ATFD, the ATFD solids waste is sent TSDF fordisposal. ZLD concept is adopted.

1,00,000.00


of 276

4Noise &VibrationManagement&Conservation

Acoustic enclosures are provided to the DG sets to control noiseemissions.

Also the ambient noise levels will be ensured within the ambientstandards by inbuilt design of mechanical equipment and buildings apartfrom vegetation along the periphery and at various locations within theindustry premises.

The plant has been specifically designed with due consideration onminimizing noise pollution. Higher noise levels are felt only near theactive working areas and therefore the workers are provided withpersonal protective equipment as a safety measure.

80,000.00

5 Solid WasteManagement

Municipal Solid Wastes are being disposed to Municipal Authorities andfood waste is being sent for cattle feed.

The hazardous waste will be stored separately in hazardous wastestorage area and disposed to TSDF sites within a stipulated period oftime.

Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per theHazardous and other Wastes (Management and Trans boundaryMovement) Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

1,00,000.00

6 Green BeltDevelopment

In order to keep a check on noise levels, particulate matter dispersionand concentration of polluting agents, a green belt is provided as part ofthe landscaping and it shall be maintained.

There shall be monitory provision made for development of green belt. A horticulture officer and gardener shall be appointed for the same. Maintenance shall include watering and manuring plants at appropriate

time, weeding out unwanted plants, cleaning, replacing wilted/diedplants etc.

2,00,000.00

7 Fire & SafetyManagement

For safety purpose of the occupants a well designed disastermanagement plan is prepared. Also sign ages will be displayed atrelevant places in order to direct occupants during emergency.

Assembly points will be marked. Regular mock drill to be undertaken. Fire hydrant systems

2,00,000.00


of 276

Fire alarm Fire protection arrangements in the form of Fire Hydrants and Monitors

for the storage tanks. Fire protection system Emergency Handling checklist and procedure

8EnergyConservationMeasures

Following non-conventional energy technologies to reduce the overall energyconsumption will be adopted

Using LED/CFL lights and energy efficient fixtures Using energy efficient motors Energy metering system for internal and external light Use of automatic sprinkler system for garden area

2,00,000.00

7.15 Community Augmentation Plan

Project Proponent Proposed 10 Lakhs for Community Resource Augmentation Plan asbelow:

Table 7-15 Community Augmentation Plan

S. No. Description of BeneficiaryPriority

ranking forinvestment

Suggested %of Allocationout of Total

Budget

Period(Financial

Period)

1

Education

30% 2019-2020Providing Note books & Supply ofFurniture 2

Additional class rooms to Schools 3Construction Toilets 1

2

Village Level Infrastructure

35% 2020-2021Sanitation Household toilets 1Construction of Community Hall 3Better road facility 4HEALTH –Sub health centers & healthcamps 2

3

Youth Development

15% 2021-2022Youth motivation programmes 1Skill Training programmes 2Sports Equipments 3

4

Environment Sustainable Development

20% 2022-2023Tree plantation 2Agriculture, Horticulture, AnimalHusbandry support programmes 1

Rain water harvesting and water shedprogrammes in village 3


of 276

CHAPTER – 8PROJECT BENEFITS


of 276

8. PROJECT BENEFITS The project is of commercial manufacturing of Bulkdrug Intermediates & Active

Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs) that will play a vital role in the respective sectorthereby address the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at this facility will be exported that will aid in adding to therevenue of the nation.

The corporate social responsibilities which are taken up by the company will improvethe well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the protectionof the environment will help in conserving the ecosystem.

It will also provide employment opportunities for additional population.


of 276


COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


of 276

9. ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS(not recommonded during Scoping)


of 276


MANAGEMENT PLAN


of 276

10. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction

This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd(SDPL),identifies the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control andminimize the environmental impacts of the proposed minor construction and operationalactivities associated with the expansion project development. It is intended to ensure thatcommitments made by the SDPLto minimize project related environmental and socialimpacts.

As part of our ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social performancewe will ensure the following:

Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals. Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for environmental and

performance of the project. Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees and

contractors through training, identification of roles and responsibilities towardsenvironmental management

Linking project performance to overall environmental performance. To monitor the environmental performance throughout the project and implement

an adaptive management approach for continuous improvement and to meet theregulations.

10.2 Objectives of EMP

To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell)responsible for implementation of environmental control & protective measures aswell as monitoring of such implementation.

To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval conditions. Continue baseline monitoring Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities. To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to

maximize beneficial impacts like. Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme. Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation actions To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental

Management Plan. To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures. Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures.

10.3 EMP Roles and Responsibilities

Environmental Management Cell (EMC)


of 276

All the activities will be monitored to ensure the appropriate implementation of allenvironmental mitigation activities and to identify areas where environmentalmanagement plan compliance is not satisfied.

For effective implementation of the system, it is also necessary to have apermanent organizational set-up. Company has set-up permanent EnvironmentalManagement Cell (EMC) for the effective implementation and monitoring ofenvironmental management system.

The company assigned responsibility to the concerned for implementation ofenvironmental control measures.

The Environmental Management Cell (EMC) set-up by the company is given inFigure 10-1.

Figure 10-1Environmental Management Cell

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities forimplementation of the EMP as shown in Table 10-1.

Executive Director of the company will be responsible for total environmentalmanagement.

Table 10-1EMC ResponsibilityS.

No. Name & Designation Responsibilities

1 Mr. Dr.S.Ramakrishna(Managing Director)

Establish an environment management cell. Responsible for overall environmental management. Regularly

coordinate with GM and take feedback regarding all theactivities performed under EM and give directions to succeedingcomponent.

Provide sufficient funds for environmental management cell toreduce the environment impacts.

2 Mr. K.A.N.V Prasad(GM – Operations)

Keep aware the Management about all the activities performedunder EMC.

To ensure and study the feasibility of ETP working consideringthe present and future requirements and to suggest forimprovements if any.


of 276

To ensure, implement and follow all the required safetyprocedures &facilities, avoid the unsafe act & conditions,organizing safety trainings, mock drills, availability of onsite &offsite emergency plans. Plan & implement Good safetycommittee.

Mr. Chandrakanth(EHS Incharge)

Treatment and disposal of trade effluents and sewage effluentas per consent.

Carryout ambient air quality monitoring as per consent. Monitoring the stack / chimney. Hazardous waste management handling and disposal. Plant and maintain adequate numbers of trees and gardens

around the Industry Applying and getting the consent of operation of air & water and

authorization to store the hazardous waste Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and

budget for environment management program. To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the conditions prescribed by KSPCB. Non compliance / violation of environmental norms, if any are

reported to GM and immediate required action is taken.

3

ExecutivesMr. K VaseemMr. GajanandMr. Vijay kumar

Daily ETP department work plan execution. Preparation of SOP and ETP related documents. Sampling the effluent at different stages and analyzing to check

the efficiency of the plant such as pH, COD, BOD, TDS andalkalinity.

Record the readings in the log sheet and preparation of dailyreport.

Coordinating with outside agency to carry out the AAQ, stack,Fugitive emission, noise level monitoring and water qualityparameters checking.

Preparation of monthly returns (Form No.1, Form No.3 &analysis report), Form No.13, Form No.4, Form No.5 andcompliance to KSPCB.

Ensuring Plant and Process Safety

In addition to the above, company will have Safety, Health & Environment (SHE) policy toadhere with standard operating process in order to comply with the statutory and bring intofocus any infringement of any norms and directives with regards to the SHE and to takefurther corrective actions.

10.4 EMP for Construction Phase

Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the sitepreparation activity and the mobilization of workforce. The impacts of the construction phase


of 276

on the environment would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear outgradually on completion of the construction programme. However, once the construction ofthe project is completed and its operations started, these operation stage impacts wouldoverlap the impacts due to the construction activities.

In order to mitigate such impacts and restrict them within tolerable levels, the followingmeasures shall be adopted:

1. Proper and prior planning of approach and access roads, and appropriatesequencing and scheduling of all major construction activities.

2. Adoption of appropriate soil conservation programme and its timely implementation inthe proposed project site.

3. Initiation of an appropriate landscape programme including plantation of trees andflowering plants in and around the project site particularly, at all available spaceswhich would serve the dual purpose of controlling fugitive dust and abatement ofnoise levels in addition to improving the aesthetics of the area.

4. Water sprinkling in the vulnerable areas to suppress the dust generated duringexcavation, levelling and other operations.

5. Use of properly tuned construction machinery & vehicles in good working conditionwith low noise & emission and engines turned off when not in use.

6. Control of quality of construction wastewater within the construction site throughsuitable drainage system with traps for arresting the sediment load for its proposeddisposal into the main natural drainage system around the site.

7. Implementation of suitable disposal methods of sediment/ construction debris atdesignated places to avoid water logging at construction site.

8. Provision of protective gears such as ear mufflers etc. for construction personnelexposed to high noise levels and locating the temporary labour sheds for housing theconstruction labourers away from the construction site.

10.5 EMP for Operational Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio-economicissues that may persist upon completion of construction activities. Monitoring shall focus onevaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation measures and continue baseline monitoringand sampling. The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operationphase of the project shall focus on the following:

1. Air quality2. Noise environment3. Water quality and water resources4. Solid and hazardous waste5. Land environment6. Ecology7. Socio Economic

10.5.1 Air Quality

The major source of emission is from Boiler, reactors& DG.


of 276

APC measures are adequate stack height to disperse the pollutants. Existing boiler isprovided with bag filter & cyclone separator, proposed 7 TPH boiler will also provided withbag filter, cyclone separator & dust collector to control pollutants getting releasedatmosphere. The all reactors are connected to individual scrubber and stacks (2 Nos) withadequate height (9 m AGL). Adequate green belt has been developed to mitigate thepollution arising due to movement of vehicles. Regular monitoring of DG-Stack and Ambientair quality will be carried out. APC measures for existing and proposed are provided inTable10-2&

Table 10-3 respectivily.

Table 10-2 Air Pollution Control Measures of existingI. Point Source Emission with Stack:

S. No. Point Emission Source Emission APC measuresProposed


GaseousDischarge

Nm3/Hr

1 Boiler 4TPH

SO2, NO2& PM

Bag filter, Cycloneseparator & Stack 22 2543.19

2 1TPH wood fired-CFO(Sold out) Stack - -

3 DG 1x380 kVA Individual Stack 15 583.894 DG 1x750 kVA Individual Stack 15 1621.93


S. No. Fugitive or NoiseEmission Sources Type of Emission Control measures


m(AGL)Gaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr

1 Reactors (79 Nos) Acid fumes/ VOC Individual scrubberand Stack 9 2609.38


Table 10-3 Air Pollution Control Measures for after ExpansionI. Point Source Emission with Stack:



AGLGaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr

1 Boiler 7 TPHSO2, NO2& PM

Bag filter,Cycloneseparator &Stack 25 6992.34





m(AGL)Gaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr


of 276

1 Reactors (92 Nos) Acid fumes/ VOC Scrubberand Stacks 9 2609.38

2 DG 2x380 kVA Noise Acoustic enclosures 15 583.893 DG 1x750kVA Noise Acoustic enclosures 15 1621.93

SDPL adoptsthe following action to control fugitive emission from the reactors and odour.

Fugitive emission

The outfall of reactor is connected to primary condense. Then outlet of primary condenser is passes through the secondary condenser,

emission passes through condenser will get condense. The condensed emission will be recycled to process. From vapor condenser cloud it again recycled to reactor, In case of leakage of emission due to damage will detect manually and repair

happen. The process emission from the reactors is scrubbed to acid/alkali scrubbers and

vent through the stacks of adequate heights. Thus the fugitive emission is controlled.

Odour control

The Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) monitoring is carried out regular intervalsand is being submitted to the Board.


We will provide local exhaust ventilation at storage locations which are connectedto the scrubbers.

We have also provided turbo ventilators at strategic locations. All the areas are covered with Air Handling units.


The major source of noise pollution n the industry is DG sets, boilers, reactors, Aircompressors, Boiler feed water pumps. DG sets are provided with integral acousticenclosures. Also the ambient noise levels will be ensured within the ambient standards byinbuilt design of mechanical equipment and buildings apart from vegetation along theperiphery and at various locations within the industry premises. The plant will be specificallydesigned with due consideration on minimizing noise pollution. Higher noise levels will be feltonly near the active working areas and therefore the workers are provided with personalprotective equipment as a safety measure.

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of theproject on the surrounding noise environment.


of 276

i. All the noise generating equipments will be designed / operated to ensure thatnoise level does not exceed 75-70 dB (A) at plant boundary as per the requirementof Central / State Pollution Control Board.

ii. Noise generating sources will be maintained properly to minimize noise generatedby them.

iii. Wherever feasible, acoustic enclosures will be provided for compressors, DGiv. Compliance with noise control norms will be given due importance at the time of

purchase of various equipments and it will be mentioned while placing the purchaseorders and guarantee for noise standards will be sought from suppliers.

v. Moreover, all the personnel working in other high noise generating areas too will beprovided with sufficient ear protecting devices.

vi. Green belt will act as a noise barrier.vii. Training will be imparted to personnel to generate awareness about effects of noise

and importance of using PPEs.

10.5.3 Water and Wastewater Management

The water requirement for proposed construction phase will be 2 KLD.

The total water requirement for the existing unit is 39.3 KLD, of which 20.9 KLD is freshwater and 18.4 KLD is treated water. The water requirement is met by the water from groundwater and private tankers. There self declaration for ground water usage is enclosedasAnnexure 12.

Water requirement for proposed expansionwill be 165 KLD of which 76 KLD is fresh waterand 89 KLD is treated/recycled water. The water requirement for proposed constructionphase will be 2 KLD.The total water requirement existing and proposed is met from groundwater (2 bore wells are facilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers. Details aregiven in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.2.Wastewater Management details are given in Chapter 4,Section 4.3.5.4.

10.5.3.1 Rainwater Harvesting & Groundwater Recharging

The total amount/quantity of water i.e., received in the form of rainfall over an area is calledthe rain water endowment of that area, out of which the amount of water that can beeffectively harvested is called the rain water harvesting potential.

The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an areacannot be effectively harvested due to losses on account of evaporation, spillage or run offetc.,


of 276

The rain water harvesting/recharging pits along the inner periphery of the boundary will beprovided. Each recharging pit will be of 3x3x2m (LBD) dimension. These recharging pits willbe filled with graded media comprising of boulder at bottom and with coarse aggregates tofacilitate percolation of harvested rainwater to recharge ground water table. The rechargepits are interconnected in such a way that the rain led to the first recharge pit is also led tothe next pit. Rain water harvesting is the techniques through which rain water is capturedfrom the roof catchments with closed pipe system (without mixing surface water to avoid thespillage contamination) into the recharge pits.

Ground coverage = 15347.87Sq. mtCollection efficiencies of 80% = 12278.296Sq. mtRunoff of coefficients for Roofs Conventional = 0.70 to 0.80Runoff of coefficients taken as = 0.75Annual average rainfall for Bidar district = 827mm(Source:Ground Water Information Booklet,Bidar District, Karnataka,2008

Volume of water received (m3) = Area of catchment in Sq.mt x Runoff coefficient xRainfall per day (m)

Volume of water received (m3)= (12278.296x 0.75 x 0. 827)/365= 20.86 KL/Day.

10.5.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Solid waste management

The source of Municipal solid waste in the industry will be from the domestic use. Solidwastes generated will be stored and disposed to municipal authority.

Hazardous Waste Management


of 276

The various hazardous waste generated from the process are spent solvent, distillationresidues, chemical sludge from the effluent treatment plant and discarded bags from the rawmaterials section. The hazardous wastes will be stored separately in hazardous wastestorage area and disposed to KSPCB authorized vendors within a stipulated period of time.Hazardous waste materials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and OtherWastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 1989 and subsequentamendment in 2016.

Solid and hazardous wastes generated in the facility and their disposal methods are detailedin the Chapter 2, Section 2.17


Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during operational phase ofthe project on the land environment.

Air emissions are effectively controlled by use of stacks &scrubbers and thereforedeposition of air pollutants in and around the premises and surrounding area is notenvisaged.

Disposal of solid waste is carried out through authorized vendor. Plant is being maintained ZLD. No effluent is discharged directly on land without

treatment., impact on the land environment is not envisaged. Hazardous materials are prohibited to be drained or dumped in the premises.

Accidental spills shall be cleaned, reported and monitored. Thus, no impact on land is envisaged due to discharge of gaseous emission, solid

waste or liquid effluent from the proposed expansion of production capcity andproduct change.

10.5.6 Ecology

The proposed project is equipped with the treatment system, and the treated effluent will berecycled for various application as shown in Table 2-14. Solid wastes generated during theoperation phase are disposed off through authorized vendor and hence no impact isanticipated due to solid waste in and around the site. The air pollution control devicesincluding greenbelt are already in place in the facility will control release of air pollutants to agreater extent. It is expected that the ecology of the region is preserved by these mitigationmeasures.

10.5.7 Socio – Economic Environment

Proposed project creates employment for a population of 10 nos during construction phaseand an additional population of 100 Nos (permanent and contractual) for operation phase.

Due to the proposed project various modes of indirect employment i.e. transportation,increased business opportunities to shopkeepers, small scale business entrepreneurs etc.will lead to development of the area.


of 276

10.6 Available Safety Systems

10.6.1 Fire Hydrant System

A pressurized (6 kg/cm2); automatically operated Fire Hydrant System has been installed inthe plant with rings and wet risers around all blocks to achieve maximum coverage. Waterreservoir of 200 m3 (Hydrant Tank) capacity is provided for approximately 2 hr fire fighting.Following are the details of the system. Existing fire hydrant system photographs are shownin Figure 10-2.

Jockey pump of 40 m3/hrs @ 60m head capacity with pressure switches Main electrical pump of 130 m3/hrs @ 70m head capacity pressure switches and

delivers water at 6 kg/cm2 Yard Hydrant points - 19 Nos. Hose Boxes – 19 Nos. (Each Hose Box contains 2 Nos. of hoses and 1 No. of

Nozzle) Hose Reel Drums – 2 Nos. Foam Concentrate tank of capacity 1000 Lts Water Monitor – 4 No. Mobile Foam Unit – 2 Nos. Two way fire brigade inlet – 1 Nos. Four way fire brigade inlet – 1 No.

Automatic sprinkler system in chemical storage tank area.


of 276

Figure 10-2Existing Fire hydrant photographs

10.6.2 Fire Extinguisher

Suitability of fire extinguishers:

Depending on the combustible material, fires have been classified into four types. Suitabilityof extinguishing media for different fires is provided in the following Table 10-4.

Table 10-4 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different FiresS.No Class of fire Suitable Fire Extinguisher

1.Class A:Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber &plastics.

DCP, Mechanical Foam

2.Class B:Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e.,Petroleum Products, Paints, Chemicals etc.

Mechanical Foam, CO2 and DCP

3. Class C:Electrical DCP and CO2

4.Class D:Flammable Metals i.e. Lithium, Sodium, andPotassium etc.

Special DCP, Sand


of 276

The company has trained personnel for fire fighting and intends to improve the fire fightingskills of employee by conducting frequent training on Fire fighting.

The unit has 83 Nos. of different types (CO2, ABC, Water Jet, Mechanical Foam, DCP andsand buckets) of portable fire extinguishers placed in all prominent places of the factory.Table 10-5shows different types fire extinguisher available.Area wise fire extinguisher detailsprovided in Annexure 24.

Table 10-5 Different types Fire Extinguishers available at Existing FacilityS. No Type Capacity (Kg) Quantity (Nos)1 DCP (catridge type) 10 362 DCP (catridge type) 25 213 Mwchanical Foam (catridge type) 50 (L) 064 ABC Pwder (Store pressure) 02 065 CO2 6.5 106 CO2 9.0 017 CO2 22.5 03

Total 83

10.6.3 Emergency Equipments and PPEs

The unit has total 10 number of Emergency cupboards, at al the Production Blocks andDepartment,Each Emergency Cupboard consist the following items

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) Air suits / Air Line Respirators Nose Mask – 50nos PVC / Acid Suit Helmet- Provided to individuals Ear Plug- 5 Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals Gum boot- to individuals Safety Belt- in safety dept. Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope Fire Axe Fire Proximity Suit Fire Gel Blankets / Water Gel Blanket Resuscitator Spill Kit Safety Ladder Emergency Flameproof Torches Hand gloves-10nos


of 276

Table 10-6 Description of the Emergency Equipments and PPEsS

.No Description Image1 Procedure for wearing Equipment

Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on theequipment.

Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist beltaway from buckle until secure and comfortable on thehip. Tuck ends in belt loops.

Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment issecure and comfortable. Tuck strap ends under waistbelt.

Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving centrestraps in position. Put neck strap over neck

Before opening the cylinder, valve press reset button. Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system

and check the pressure gauge & Carry out pressure leaktest

2 Procedure for wearing Face piece Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits

smoothly Adjust mask until it fits properly Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and

tighten the front strap as necessary. Breathe normally through vent system. During venting

observe the gauge-waist alarm. The alarm should blow atcylinder pressure of 55 bar ± 5 bar.

3 SCBA - Face piece Remove the equipment in a safe and hazard free area. Unbuckle the waist belt, lift shoulder strap buckles to

loosen and remove the equipment. Close the cylinder valve and keep in the box, Cylinder

valve should be in upward direction After using the equipment, inform to safety department

for inspection/checking.4 Resuscitator

A resuscitator is a device which forces oxygen into lungs ofunconscious person in order to keep him/her oxygenated andaliveOperating procedure

Clear throat Tilt head back Squeeze ball Watch the chest which should rise and fall rhythmically If the chest does not rise and fall, there may be a

blockage in the victim’s throat. The tongue has occludedthe air way.

There may be excessive leakage around the mask. Hold


Page 242 of 276






















Page 242 of 276






















of 276

the mask tighter on the face and squeeze little faster. Clear any mucus from the throat every 3-4 minutes. Continue resuscitation until the victim breathes on his/her

own.5 Fire Axe

A fire axe is a type of axe which has been designed specificallyfor the use of fire-fighters, and it includes several features whichmakes it ideally suitable to mitigate emergency services.

6 HelmetA helmet with face shield is a form of protective gear worn onhead to protect head and face from hazards such as flyingobjects and chemical splashes or potentially infectious fluid.

7 Fire SuitFire suit is a protective clothing designed to protect a firefighterfrom high temperatures, especially near fires of extremetemperature

8 Manila ropeManila rope is very durable, salt water and damage resistant,flexible fiber which shall be used to access at height/Confinedspace during emergency

9 Smoke escape maskSmoke masks assist people in safe egress from fire emergencies.It will provide respiratory protection from particulate matter,carbon monoxide, and other toxic gases commonly produced bystructural fires.

10 Canvas StretcherA stretcher is a medical device used to carry injured or anincapacitated person from one place to another duringemergency.

11 Compressed Air PackAn emergency air supply which will provide a sufficient quantity ofair to allow a worker to exit oxygen depleted or contaminatedarea.


of 276

12 Powered Air purifying respiratorPowered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) is a device equippedwith a face piece, hood or helmet, breathing tube, canister,cartridge, filter, canister with filter or cartridge with filter and apowered blower.PAPR utilizes a powered mechanism to move ambient air throughan air-purifying element(s) to remove contaminants from theambient air.

13 Safety torchCompact and simple to use, this torch is designed for use inemergency situations or wherever the need arises for a handheldsafety torch.

Spill Emergency Mitigation Procedure

Spill Kit is kept in all Emergency cupboards. Once the spill is observed, Spill Kit shall be collected from the nearest

area/emergency cupboard installed and neutralizing agent (if required) based on thenature of the spill. In case if the spill is not controlled, immediately declare theemergency as per emergency response procedure.

While handling the spill, use most appropriate PPE's like SCBA, chemical suit, acid/alkali proof hand gloves, face shield, safety goggles, gum boots or even respiratorymasks with suitable cartridges.

Once the spill is controlled using Sorbent pad/Boom collect in a double polythene bagand secure with the plastic ties. Dispose it as per applicable disposal procedure.

Report the incident of spill to EHS department through online incident reportingSystem.

Once in a month, the items of the Spill Kit shall be inspected and recorded by EHSrepresentatives of the individual area.

10.6.3.1 Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower

The unit will have total 3 Nos. of Eye wash fountain / Safety showers, Production Block R&Darea and another in Warehouse.

10.7 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments

The unit will have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas detector can beused to check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in atmosphere and also inconfined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc andoxygen detector can be used for checking oxygen concentration in atmosphere and also inconfined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc.

The unit will also have Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS), installed in all critical areas and thesewill provide the alarm once the set level is crossed.


of 276

10.7.1 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator

Wind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings and Production block.

10.8 Occupational Health Centre (OHC)

SDPLhas done agreement with Dr .Veeresh Bhamshety Hospital, Humnabad district, Bidarfor their valuable service during emergency along with 24/7 ambulance facility.

10.8.1 First Aid Boxes

A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First Aidboxes are available in Security Room, Admin Block and at OHC. First Aid items will beissued to injure only by authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

a. Dettol – Antiseptic solutionb. Ciplox – Eye Dropsc. Soframycin – Skin ointmentd. Silverex – Burn ointmente. Betadine – Microbicidal solutionf. Iodex – Pain relieverg. Sterilized Cotton Woolh. Surgical Paper Tapei. Small Sterilized Dressingsj. Medium Sterilized Dressingsk. Roller Bandage – 5 cm widel. Roller Bandage – 10cm widem. Band Aidn. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

Along with the above safety systems, company also ensured the below safety features toensure Zero Accident.

1. No ignitable zones are declared and marked so.2. Work permit system with strict compliance.3. Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system and all

chemical are stored as per compatibility.4. Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks.5. All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief valve

outlets are extended.6. Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum.7. All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in a

year.8. Body earthing provided to all equipments involved in the process, electrical

earthing, static earting and instrument earthing provided wherever required.


of 276

9. Air handling units (AHUs) with BIBO (Bag In Bag Out) are provided to keep thework environment in controlled manner (air flow pattern, temperature and humidity)to reduce the exposure to chemicals.

10. Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) and are provided toensure good ventilation in the work environment.

Emergency Organization Chart is provided in theFigure 10-3.

Figure 10-3 Emergency Organization Chart

10.9 Occupational Health And Safety Program

M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd provides a safe and healthy work environment to itsemployees by conducting annual medical check-ups for all the employees. SOP forOccupational Health and Safety Programme is enclosed as Annexure- 20.

The main objectives are:

1. Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity.2. Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its

employees.3. Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices.4. Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at

work and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that willenhance productivity.

5. SDPLallocates a of fund of 10Lakhs forOccupational health and safety ofemployees.

6. Area monitoring is done.7. Employees undergo annual health check-up.8. All personnel are provided with personal Protective equipments individually as

required.


of 276


During the construction phase the following measures will be employed;1. Personal Protective equipments will be provided to the workers.2. Occupational Health Centre will be facilitated to address the emergencies that may

arise.3. Personnel will be trained about firefighting systems and first aid practices.4. Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees.

10.11 Operation Phase

General Functions of the safety committee are;1. Conduct routine workplace inspections.2. Provide Personal Protective Equipment.3. Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules.4. Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline.5. Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss.6. Identify workplace hazards.7. Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity of

injuries.

10.12 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess andmonitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the course ofwork; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other treatment as needed.Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active involvement of employees. SDPLmedical surveillance program include following major elements; AnnualMedical report ofemployees is enclosed as Annexure-21.

1. Developing a OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program.2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations3. Determination of Fitness for Duty.4. Communications.5. Emergency Medical Treatment.6. Medical Records.

Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees shall be subject to pre-placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on site. Potentialexposures to the work environment shall be considered before placing an employee on thejob.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as the pre-employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions, such aschanges in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or exposures.

Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is essential to determinebiologic trends that may mark early signs of adverse health effects, and thereby facilitateappropriate protective measures. The frequency and content of examinations are normally


of 276

one year. Apart from this for workers working in Hazardous area, medical examination isconducted by Doctor Authorized by Factory Inspectorate.

10.13 Safety, Health and Environment Policy

Safety, Health and Environment Policy of SDPL is appended below in the Figure 10-4.

Figure 10-4 Safety, Health and Environment Policy


of 276

10.14 Corporate Social Responsibility

The company is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfil the socialobligations, company employed semi-skilled and skilled labour from the nearby villages asmuch as possible and also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearbyvillages by appointing local contract workers.SDPL plan for next five years is provided inTable 10-7.

Table 10-7 CSR plan for next five years, 2017 to 2021

S. No Name ofthe village Plan 1 Plan 2 Plan 3

1 GadvanthiPurified Drinkingwater facility in theyear 2017

Health Campfor all type ofpatients.

1.Temple construction andplantation.

2. Electricity arrangement in mainroad of the village.

3.Dress materials offering to poorpeoples of the village duringfestival season.

4.Financial help to construct school.

2 MolkeraPurified Drinking

water facility in theyear 2018






3 ManiknagarPurified Drinking

water facility in theyear 2019






4 HumnabadTown

Purified Drinkingwater facility in theyear 2020&2021






10.15 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan (EMP)

The cost estimate for Environment Management Plan is provided in Table 10-8.


of 276

Table 10-8 Cost Estimate for Environment Management Plan

S. No Equipment Investment (lakh)

1 ETP 1002 Environmental Laboratory 553 Green Belt Development 2.04 DG Acoustic 3.05 Online Continous Monitoring System (Air) 8.56 Boiler Stack 5.57 DG Stack 1.58 Scrubber 3.09 Cyclone Seperators 3.010 Online Continous Monitoring System (ETP) 3.7511 Solid Waste Management 42.0

Total 227.25Recurring cost is approximately 20 Lakhs/Annum


of 276

CHAPTER – 11SUMMARY & CONCLUSION


of 276

11. SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Background of the Project

M/s.Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL) is an existing unit proposing the expansionof production capacity of Bulk drug Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)of 348 MTPA to 692 MPTA and also introducing new products (20 Nos). Also, additionallyproposes expansion of existing facilities viz building, equipments etc.

The facility is situated at Plot. No: 101, A & B, 101Pl, 100P4, Sy.No.219 & 223 of GadavanthiVillage, Humnabad KIADB Industrial area, Humnabad Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka State–585 530.SDPL corporate office is located at Flat No.3-6-536, Raja Residency, 3-6-536, Rd.No. 7, Himayat Nagar, Hyderabad – 500029, Telangana.

The products categories are Bulk Drugs Intermediates & Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients(APIs). The total land area is 36421.70 Sq. mt (9.0 Acres). Existing land area is sufficient forthe proposed expansion& therefore No additional land is required.

11.2 Management Commitment

The company is assigning prime importance for environmental protection. The company willimplement “Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD)” concepts and comply the environmental laws.The industry will maintain greenery inside the industry & maintain well developed Greenbelt.Also, all the environmental statutory requirements will be implemented and maintainedcontinually.

11.3 Environmental Sensitive Areas

There are no notified ecologically sensitive areas/protected areas within 15km radius of theproject boundary.Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary isprovided in Table 11-1.

Table 11-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project BoundaryS.No Areas Proposed project location boundary

1. Areas protectedunder internationalconventions,national or locallegislation for theirecological,landscape, culturalor other relatedvalue

Nil

2. Areas which areimportant orsensitive forecological reasons –Wetlands,Watercourses or

S.No Name Dist. (~Km) Dir.

Water Bodies

1 ChandriHalla 1.12 N

2 DoddaHalla 10.18 E


of 276

other water bodies,coastal zone,biospheres,mountains, forests


4 Mullahmari River 13.28 WSW


Reserve Forests



3 RF near KallurTanda 4.34 S




7 RF near TodalaTanda 10.52 NW



10 Reserved Forest 14.24 SE

3. Areas used byprotected, importantor sensitive speciesof flora or fauna forbreeding, nesting,foraging, resting,over wintering,migration

Nil

4. Inland, coastal,marine orunderground waters

Nil

5. State, Nationalboundaries

Nil

6. Routes or facilitiesused by the publicfor access torecreation or othertourist, pilgrim areas

NH 218 (Bijapur-Gulbarga-Humnabad) -~ 20 m, SSE.NH 65 (Mumbai Hwy)- ~0.5km (NE)

7. Defenceinstallations

Nil

8. Densely populatedor built-up area

Humnabad -~2.5km (ENE) population 44,483 (Census 2011)


of 276

9. Areas occupied bysensitive man-madeland uses (hospitals,schools, places ofworship, communityfacilities)

Educational Institutions Govt school -~3.46 Km-ESE Dental college -~3.30Km -ESE Govt PU College -~9.30 Km-SSW Govt Jr college -~3.32Km-ENE Sri Vivekananda D. Ed -~4.49Km -ENE

Hospitals Sri sainidhi hospitals -~2.97Km-NE

Religious Places Veerabhadreshwara temple -~3.98Km -NE Shiridisai baba Temple -~3.00Km-ENE Masjid E Rasih Hasan shamsi -~3.09Km-ESE Mahamamedi Masjid -~3.38Km-ESE Masjid E Alsafa -3.43Km-ENE Pandurangavithala temple -3.94Km-NE Sri Chitra mandir -4.03Km-ENE

10. Areas containingimportant, highquality or scarceresources,(groundwaterresources, surfaceresources, forestry,agriculture,fisheries, tourism,minerals)

Reserve Forests

Name of the forest Distance(~Km) Direction

Hudgi RF 10.11 ESE

Bilkhera RF 13.81 ESE

RF near KallurTanda 4.34 S

Reserved Forest 6.46 SW

Reserved Forest 11.23 WNW

RF near Niragudi 14.59 WSW

RF near TodalaTanda 10.52 NW

Reserved Forest 13.74 NE

Rampura RF 13.5 SE

Reserved Forest 14.24 SE11. Areas susceptible to

natural hazardwhich could causethe project topresentenvironmentalproblems,(earthquakes,subsidence,landslides, erosionor extreme oradverse climatic

The area under study falls under Seismic Zone-II according to the Indianstandard Seismic Zonal Map.


of 276

conditions)

11.4 Product Details

SDPL is currently manufacturing 6 products with production capacity of 348 MTPA.Enhancing the production capacity of remaining 2 existing product’s from 84 MTPA to 216MTPA. SDPL proposes 20 new products with a capacity of 476 MTPA & will remove 4products having a capacity of 264 MTPA from existing products. After expansion, SDPL willproduce 22 products with a capacity of 692 MTPA (20 newproducts + 2 existingproducts).

EC has already obtained for Ibuprofen vide EC (No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I), dt.17/01/2005), Also obtained CFE (KSPCB/HPI/043/BULK DRUG/SATYADDPTHA/CFE/2010-11/280 DT 01/01/2011) & CFO (PCB/138/HPI/2015-16/OB-1892 DT 19/01/2016, for all theexisting products and CFO wasvalid till 30/06/2016.

The existing and proposed products details are provided inTable 11-2.

Table 11-2 Existing and Proposed Products with Capacity

S. No Existing ProductsCapacity (MTPA)

Existing Proposed Total1 Ibuprofen 72 Removed 02 Gabapentin 48 -12 363 1 Acetyl 4-(4-Hydroxyphenol) Piperzine 96 Removed 0

4(1s, 4r) -4-(2-Amino-6-Chloro-5- Formido-4-Pyrimidinyl Amino)-2- Cyclopentene-1- Methanol(Afc) Intermediate Abacavir Sulphate

36 144 180

5 Stage – Ii Efaviren Intermediate For Efavirenz 60 Removed 06 (2s)-2-Amino Butanamide Hydrochloride (Abh) 36 Removed 07 Abcavir Base 2 0 36 368 Amino Alcohol hydrochloride (AAHCl) 0 36 36

9 1(S) Benzyl-2(R) 3-epoxy propyl carbamic acid butylester (EPR) 0 24 24





14(2S,3S,5S)-2-Amino-3-Hydroxy-5-(1-tetra hydropyrmid-2-only)-3-methyl butanoyl) amino-1,6-diphenyl hexane-S-pyro glutamate (Lopinavir

0 36 36


of 276

Intermediate) THP15 Piperdinesulfamoyl dimer (PSD) 0 12 1216 Piperdinesulfamoyl dimer (SLD-3) 0 12 12


18Methyl 5-[(2,4-difluorobenzyl)carbamoyl]-3-methoxy-4-oxo-1-(2-oxoethyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine-2-carboxylate (or) DTS-3

0 24 24

19(2R,3S/2S,3R0-3-(4-Chloro-5-fluoropyrimidin-6-yl)-2-(2,4difluorophenyl)-1-(1H-1,2,4-trizol-l-yl)butan-2-ol Hydrochloride (Chloro Voriconazole Intermediate)VRN

0 12 12

20

[1-[[[(1R)-1-[3-[(E)-2(7-Chloroquinolin-2yl)ethenyl]phenyl]-3-[2-(1-hydroxy-1-methylethyl)phenyl]propyl]sulfanyl]methyl]Cyclopropyl]acetic acid.dicyclohexylamine salt(Montelukast sodium Intermdiate) MOS

0 12 12


23 2-Nitro-5-Chloro Acetanilide (FebentalIntermediate)DM-1 0 24 24

24 1-(3 Chlorophenyl) Piperazine HCl(TrazadonIntermediate) TRZ 0 72 72



1. Production enhancement for 2 products ( serial no 2 &4) :216 MTPA2. Removed 4 products( serial no 1, 3, 5 & 6) : 264 MTPA3. Added 20 products ( serial no 7 to 26) : 476 MTPA4. After expansion total 22 products : 692 MTPA

11.5 Chronology Matrix of the project

SDPL obtained EC vide EC (No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I), dt. 17/01/2005). Also obtainedCFE (KSPCB/HPI/043/BULK DRUG/SATYADDPTHA/CFE/2010-11/280 DT 01/01/2011) &CFO (PCB/138/HPI/2015-16/OB-1892 DT 19/01/2016, for all the existing products and CFOwas valid till: 30/06/2016). The Chronology Matrix of the project is provided in Table 11-3.


of 276

Table 11-3Chronology Matrix of the projectOwnership

details Year Products EC CFE CFO Remarks

M/s.SatyadeepthaPharmaceuticals Ltd (SDPL)

1995S. No Name T/M

1 Ibuprofen 6 T/M Not obtained Not obtained 5/kspcb/ro(g)/bdr/sr/5/95-96/637dt 25.08.1995

2002-2005

1 Ibuprofen 24 T/M Obtained on dated17/01/2005 by MOEF

New DelhiNo. J-11011/123/2004-

IA-II(I)

KSPCB/CFE-CELL/DEO/AEO-

2/SPL/EIA-59/2002-2003/246 Dt 13/11/2002

KSPCB/WPC/SATYADEEPTHA/TC/17-CAT/AEO/2002-

2003/471 DT 30/08/2002 &KSBCB/RO(BDR)/WPC/INR

100110/2004-2005/2516

2 Natural extracts 0.5T/M

Total 24.5 T/M

2008

1 Ibuprofen 6 T/M


No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I).

CFE-CELL/SDPL/EIA-28/2007-2008/211 DT

04/03/2008PCB138HPI07/2008-2009/362

DT 05/07/2008

2 Gabapentin 4 T/M

3 5-Boromopthahide 3 T/M


5 Dl ester 25 T/M

Total 46 T/M

2011 - 2016

1 Ibuprofen 6 T/M


No. J-11011/123/2004-IA-II(I).

KSPCB/HPI/043/BULKDRUG/SATYADDPTHA/CFE/2010-11/280 DT

01/01/2011

PCB/138/HPI/2015-16/OB-1892DT 19/01/2016.

Valid: 30/06/2016.

2 Gabapentin 4 T/M


4 AFC (intermediate abcavirsulphate 3 T/M

5 Stage-2 efavirenzintermediate for efavirenz 5 T/M

6 (2s)-2-amino butanamidehydrochloride (ABH) 3 T/M

Total 29 T/M

2016-18 22 Products 692 T/AToR file No. SEIAA/F.No-SEIAA 48 IND 2016 dated

09.01.2017.Issued by KSEIAA

Present proceedingwith HECS


of 276

11.6 Categorization of the Project

The Proposed Project termed under Schedule 5(f), Category B, Synthetic Organic Chemicals asper the EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments. Since, SDPL have gone for change in productmix and enhancement of production capacity without Environmental Clearance. So, Project fallsunder violation category ‘B’ as per Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017.

SDPL applied for Environmental Clearance to SEIAA, Karnataka on 28.10.2016. The proposal wasappraised in 173rd SEAC meeting held on 18.11.2016 and was issued the Terms of Reference(TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide Letter No. SEIAA/F. No-SEIAA 48 IND 2016 dated 09.01.2017.

As per Violation notification vide S.O. 804(E) dated 14th March 2017, Karnataka SEIAA hasdirected toapply at EAC, MoEF & CC. The ToRapplication was submitted to MoEF&CCvidesIA/KA/IND2/68209/2017 dated 09th Sep 2017.

As per MoEF&CC gazette notification no. S.O.804 (E) dated 14th March, 2017 and its subsequentamended gazette Notification No. S.O. 1030 (E) dated 8th March 2018 and OM F. No. Z-11013/22/2017-IA. II (M) dated 15th March 2018 & 16th March 2018, MoEF directed to appraise inSEAC/SEIAA. The same application submitted to Karnataka SEAC on 13th Apr 2018 videsproposal number SIA/KA/IND2/23406/2018. The Proposal was considered in 199th KarnatakaSEAC meeting held on 2nd June 2018. Based on the information furnished KSEIAA had issued theTerms of Reference (TOR) for preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report vide F.No. SEIAA 26 IND (VIOL) 2018 dated 05.07.2018.

11.7 Land Requirement

The total project land area is 36421.7 sq. m (9.0 Acres) completely fortified and protected on allfour sides by boundary walls. The land use pattern is provided in the below Table 11-4.

Table 11-4 Land use pattern of the project

S. No Land useExisting Area Proposed After Expansion

Sq. m Acre Sq. m Acre Sq. m Acre %1 Land coverage area 13950.06 3.45 1397.81 0.346 15347.87 3.79 42.142 Roads & Pavements 4046.86 1.00 -- -- 4046.86 1.00 11.113 Greenbelt area 12019.16 2.97 -- -- 12019.16 2.97 33.004 Vacant land 6405.62 1.58 5007.81 1.24 5007.81 1.24 13.75

Total 36421.70 9.00 -- -- 36421.70 9.00 100.00

11.8 Water Requirement

The total water requirement for the existing unit is 39.3 KLD, of which 20.9 KLD is fresh water and18.4 KLD is treated/recycled water.


of 276

Water requirement for proposed expansionwill be 165KLD of which 76 KLD is fresh water and89KLD is treated/recycled water.The water requirement for proposed construction phase will be 2KLD.

The total water requirement existing and proposed is met from ground water (2 bore wells arefacilitated within the existing facility) and private tankers.The water requirement break-up detailsare given in Table 11-5.

Table 11-5 Water Requirement Break-Up DetailsS.No Water requirement

Existing (KLD) After Expansion (KLD)Total Fresh Recycled Total Fresh Recycled

1 Domestic 2.5 2.5 -- 10 1.0 9

2 Process 11.6 11.6 -- 75 75 -

3 Softer regeneration 2.0 -- 2.0 4.0 - 4.0

4 Softer followed byboiler 15.4 -- 15.4 36 - 36

5 Cooling water makeup 4.0 4.0 -- 6.0 - 6.0

6 washing 2.8 2.8 -- 4.0 - 4.0

7 * Gardening 1.0 -- 1.0 30 - 30

Total 39.3 20.9 18.4 165 76.0 89.0Note: * Water for gardening has increased from 4 KLD to 30KLD (changed from Form-I)

11.9 Wastewater Generation

Existing: Sewage (2.5KLD) is being sent toseptic tank followed by soak pit.Industrial effluents(19.2 KLD) are being treated in primary ETP facilitated with 30 KLD Multiple Effect Evaporator(MEE). MEE Condensate is being recycled for boiler feed. MEE concentrate is being sent toATFD, Salt from ATFD isbeing sent to TSDF.

Proposed: The sewage (9.0 KLD) will be mixed with LTDS effluent(7 KLD)will be treated inCombined Biological Effluent Treatment plant(cap. 100 KLD). HTDS effluent from process& RORegeneration from Softener (79 KLD) treated in MEE and the condensate will be sent to ETP andthe concentrate will be sent to ATFD. Salt will be disposed to TSDF.

The Industry is maintaining the Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). The break up in terms ofvolumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given inTable 11-6. The effluent characteristic isprovided in Table 11-7.


of 276

Table 11-6 Details of volumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage)&Treatment

S. No DescriptionEffluent (KLD) Treatment

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Domestic 2.5 9.0 Septic Tank Combined 100 KLDCapacity of ETP

with ZLD(UF, RO, MEE

&ATFD)2 Ind. effluentgeneration

Total -19.2HTDS-11.6LTDS-7.6


ZLD(ETP, UF, RO,

MEE&ATFD)

Table 11-7 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No ParameterConcentration*

Raw Effluent Characteristics Concentration*RO permeatecharacteristics

LTDS HTDS1 pH 5.5 To 6.5 10 To 14 7.0-8.0

2 TSS 1095 3925 50-80

3 TDS 1497 2476 <1000

4 COD 500 11066 50-100

5 BOD 350 4300 20-30


11.10 Power Requirement

The power required for the project will be sourced from GESCOM (KEB). DG sets will act asstandby facilities and will be utilized in case of power failure. The details of power requirement andbackup power facilities are given in Table 11-8.

Table 11-8 Power and Fuel Requirement

S. No DetailsCapacity

SourceExisting Proposed After expansion

1 Power Requirement(kVA) 1500 Nil 1500 GESCOM

(KEB)

2 Back-up(kVA) 1x380&1x750=1130 1x380 2x380&1x750

=1510 DG sets

3 Diesel Requirements(Liters/day) 300 200 500 HP

4Boiler Fuel(Coal)/Briquettes(TPD)




Coal: SingareniBriquettes: Local

supply


of 276

5 Boiler (TPH) 1 X 4 1 x 7 1 x 71 X 4 (Standby)

6 Thermicfluid heater(Kcal/hr) 1x 100000 - 1x 100000

11.11 Manpower

The manpower requirement for existing and proposed including both the technical and non-technical personnel is given inTable 11-9.

Table 11-9 Existing & Proposed Manpower RequirementS. No Description Existing Proposed Total

1 Permanent 80 50 1302 Contractual 30 50 80

Total 110 100 210Construction Phase: 10 nos.

11.12 Municipal & Other Solid Waste

Municipal&OtherSolid waste generation duringconstruction and operation phases along withdisposal methodology is given in Table 11-10&Table 11-11respectively.Other solid wastes/ nonhazardous waste generation and disposal details are provided inTable 11-12.

Table 11-10Municipal Solid Waste- Construction PhaseS. No Type Quantity Kg/day Disposal method

1 Organic 2.4 Municipal bin including food waste2 Inorganic 2.6 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 5.0Note: Manpower- 10Nos.CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5 kg

Table 11-11Municipal Solid Waste- Operation Phase

S. No Type Quantity in Kg/day Disposal methodExisting Proposed

1 Organic 17.0 35.0 Municipal bin including food waste2 Inorganic 38.0 70.0 KSPCB authorized recyclers

Total 55.0 105.0CPCB guidelines: MSW per capita/day =0.5 kg.


of 276

Table 11-12Other Solid Wastes during Operation Phase

S.No

Nature ofSolid Waste

Quantity (TPA) Method of Handling

Collection& Storage Treatment DisposalsExisting Proposed After

expansion

1 Paper / CardBoard 36 14 50

Separatestorage

areaNil For recycling

units

2 Dust Bincollections 1.8 0.2 2

Separatestorage

areaNil

Disposal toauthorizedvendors

3 Dry leavesGrass 0.7 0.3 1

Separatestorage

areaNil Decayed in

the pit

4 Woodenscrap 1.8 0.2 2

Separatestorage

areaNil Burnt in boiler

5 Boiler ash&Fly ash 1350 450 1800

Separatestorage

areaNil Sent to Brick

ManufacturesNote: Boiler ash and fly ash earlier given under hazardous waste in Form-I may be considered asother solid wastes.

11.13 Hazardous waste Management

The hazardous wastes generated is being collected, stored and disposed through authorizeddisposal cum recycle facilities as per the Hazardous and other wastes (Management, Handling andTran boundary Movement) Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016. Same will becontinued for proposed also. Hazardous Waste Generation &Management for Existing & Proposedis summarized in Table 11-13.

Table 11-13Hazardous Waste Generation &Management for Existing & Proposed

WasteCategory Waste

QuantityDisposal Method

Existing Proposed Afterexpansion

35.3 MEE salts/sludge(kg/day) 400 1600 2000

KSPCB authorized site(MEE/ CEMENTINDUSTRIES)

28.3 Spent Carbon(kg/day) 50 50 100 Boiler feed/TSDF/Cement

Industries

5.1 Used Oil(lts/Annum) 200 400 600 Used for mechanical

purpose

20.2 Organic solvents(lts/Annum) 50000 50000 100000 KSCPB authorized

recyclers33.1 MS Drums (Nos) 300 700 1000 KSCPB authorized

scrap dealer33.1 HDPE Drums (Nos) 100 400 500


of 276

11.14 Analysis of Alternative Sites Considered

Since the proposed project is an expansion within the existing facility alternate sites are notconsidered.

11.15 Project cost

The total capital investment for proposed project is INR 9.0Crores;TheCapital Investment forproposed expansion is given in Table 11-14.

Table 11-14Capital Investment for proposed projectS. No. Cost INR (Crores)

1. Building 2.02. Plant and Machineries 4.03. Environmental Management Plan 3.0

Total 9.00

11.16 Baseline Study

11.16.1 Meteorological Environment

The micro-meteorological conditions during the study period for hourly data of wind speed, winddirection and temperature were recorded at the project site. From the Indian MeteorologicalDepartment (IMD) at Bidar Region (1971-2000) nearest IMD station, the annually determined winddirection is mostly south West & second predominant is North East.

The site specific meteorological data of study period (Source: www.wunderground.com), during thestudy period (March-May 2017). Daily maximum temperature is 38.8oC in the months of May andthe daily minimum temperature is 15.9oC in the months of December were recorded respectively.Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 85% and 31% were recorded in the months of Augustand March respectively. Maximum and minimum rainfall of 213.3 mm and 5.1 mm was recorded inthe months of August and December respectively. Maximum and minimum Mean wind speedduring the study period is 5.2 m/s in the months of July and 2.2 m/s in the months of October. Fromthe above it is noticed that annual predominant wind pattern is from South West to North East.

Bidar district receives an average rainfall of 827 mm. The normal annual rainfall over thedistrictranges from 735 mm to 860 mm (Source:Ground Water Information Booklet,Bidar District,Karnataka,2008).

11.16.2 Ambient Air Quality

Maximum concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6, C20 H12, As,Ni, are wellwithin the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areasat all monitoring locations during the study period.The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8locations and 12 parameters are compared to standards as per NAAQS, 2009 within the studyarea. The baseline averages values range from PM10(49.6-67.5µg/m³), PM2.5(20.7-27.8µg/m³), SO2

(12.6-16.1 µg/m³), NO2(23.2-30.0µg/m³), CO (0.42-0.74mg/m3), all the parameters are well within


of 276

the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at allmonitoring locations during the study period from March 2017 to May 2017.


The existing ambient noise levels were monitored using precision noise level meter in and aroundthe project site at 10 km radius at 8 locations during study period (March to May 2017).

During the study period in industrial area, Day equivalent noise level (Ld) 77.2 dB (A) and Nightequivalent noise level (Ln) is 74.6 dB (A).In Commercial area, Day equivalent noise level (Ld) 66.7dB (A) and Night equivalent noise level (Ln) is 59.4 dB (A).In residential area, Day equivalent noiselevels (Ld) ranged from 52.2 dB (A) to 62.5 dB (A) and Night equivalent noise levels (Ln) rangedfrom 42.1 dB (A) to 58.3 dB (A).

The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in Industrialarea, Commercial and in Residential area are slightly exceeding the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC.


The prevailing status of water quality at 08 locations for surface water and 8 locations for groundwater have been assessed during March 2017.The standard methods prescribed in IS werefollowed for sample collection, preservation and analysis in the laboratory for variousphysiochemical parameters.

11.16.4.1 Surface water quality

In the surface water the pH varies between 6.66-7.98 The Total Dissolved Solids range varies between 62mg/l – 328 mg/l for the surface water. The chloride content is ranges between 13.71 mg/l – 39.19mg/l. The sulphate content varies between 5.52 mg/l – 28.28 mg/l. The Total hardness ranges is between 30 mg/l - 143 mg/l.

11.16.4.2 Ground Water Quality

In the ground water the pH varies between 6.65-8.12. TDS range varies between 102 mg/l -584 mg/l. TDS limit is exceedfor GW2 sample

collected atDhumansur is about 4.06 towards NE from the project Site. Chloride ranges within permissible limit (19.59 mg/l – 220.46mg/l) Sulphates ranges within permissible limit (8.38 mg/l – 40.3 mg/l) in all 8 locations The Total hardness ranges is between 10.5 mg/l – 380 mg/l. GW2- Dhumansur 380mg/l,

GW3- Maniknagar 300 mg/l &GW6-Basantpura 310mg/l) locationsTotal hardness valuesare exceeded the acceptable limits.


Assessment of soil characteristics is of paramount importance since the vegetation growth,agricultural practices and production is directly related to the soil fertility and quality. Soil samplingwas carried out at eight (08) locations in the study area. It is observed that,


of 276

The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.06-7.68 Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 61.6-90.3 μS/cm. As the EC value is less

than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 19.62-22.34 (%). Nitrogen content ranged from 124 kg/ha to 912kg/ha Phosphorous ranged from 4.87 to 44.38 kg/ha Potassium content ranges from 4.1 to 6.27 kg/ha


The species observed in the study area are mostly commercial crops and plantation crops andbreaks were also observed throughout the semi-evergreen and moist deciduous forest types.There is no extinct flora and fauna species found in the study area.

11.17 Socio Economic Environment

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social andcultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides information such asdemographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of humanhealth and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, andindustrial development in the study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identification,prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due toproposed project developments. The parameters are:

Demographic structure Infrastructure Facility Economic Status Health status Cultural attributes

The district is rural in character as 75 percent of the population lives in rural areas. Agriculture isthe main contributor to the economy of the district. The district has low industrial base. A majorproportion of the area in the district is not under irrigation. The proportion of net area irrigated to netarea sown is only 14.18%.

Demographic Profile:1. The study area has equal male (51.04%) and female (48.95%) population.2. The child (0 to 6 years) population also has an equal share of male (51.90%) and female

(48.09%) population.3. The area has 22.61% of Schedule Caste and 16.29 % of the Scheduled Tribe population.4. The average size of the family is 5.5

11.18 Anticipated Environmental Impacts


Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for all the parameters are wellwithin the permissible limits as prescribed by National Ambient Air Quality Standards. The mainsources of emissions will be from the D.G sets, Reactors and Boiler which are facilitated with


of 276

stacks of adequate height as an air pollution control measure. Boilers areprovided with bagfilter&cyclone separator, proposed 7 TPH boiler will be provided with bag filter, cyclone separator &dust collector to control the pollutants. All reactors are being combined in single scrubberconnected to stack with adequate height (9 meter above ground level).


Baseline study showed that the noise levels in both Industrial area and in Residential area areslightly exceeded the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC. The designed equipment with noise levels notexceeding beyond the requirements of Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standardwill be employed.

11.18.3 Land Use

As the manufacturing facility is located in the designated KIADB industrial area, the proposedactivity does not change the land use classification of the site.

11.19 Environmental Monitoring Program

A monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Water & Wastewater Quality, NoiseQuality as per Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), shall be maintained.

11.20 Pollution Control Measures

The emission from boilers and D.G sets will be mitigated by providing adequate stack height. TheD.G set will be provided with adequate stack height of 6 m ARL and boiler stack 22 m AGL todisperse the pollutants. Acoustic enclosures are provided to the DG sets to control noiseemissions. The reactors are connected to individual scrubber and stacks (2 Nos), stack height 9 mAGL. Boilers are provided with bag filter & cyclone separator, proposed 7 TPH boiler will beprovided with bag filter, cyclone separator & dust collectorto control the pollutants. The PollutionControl Measures for Existing and proposed is shown in Table 11-15&Table 11-16 respectively.

Table 11-15Pollution Control Measures for ExistingI. Point Source Emission with Stack:



AGLGaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr

1 Boiler4TPH

SO2, NO2& PM

Bag filter,Cycloneseparator & Stack 22 2543.19

2 1TPH wood fired-CFO (Sold out) Stack - -

3 DG 1x380 kVA Individual Stack 15 583.894 1x750 kVA Individual Stack 15 1621.93




AGLGaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr


of 276

1 Reactors (79 Nos) Acid fumes/ VOCIndividual scrubber

(2 Nos) 9 2609.38


Table 11-16 Air Pollution Control Measures – After ExpansionI. Point Source Emission with Stack:



AGLGaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr

1 Boiler7 TPH

SO2, NO2& PM

Bag filter, CycloneSeparator& Stack 25 6992.34





AGLGaseous

DischargeNm3/Hr

1 Reactors (92 Nos) Acid fumes/ VOC Individual Scrubberand Stacks 9 2609.38


11.20.1 Fugitive emission

The outfall of reactor is connected to primary condenser. Then outlet of primary condenser is passes through the secondary condenser, emission

passes through condenser will get condense. The condensed emission will be recycled to process. From vapor condenser cloud it again recycled to reactor, In case of leakage of emission due to damage will detect manually and will be repaired. The process emission from the reactors is scrubbed to acid/alkali scrubbers and vent

through the stacks of adequate heights. Thus, the fugitive emission is controlled.

11.20.2 Odour control

The Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) monitoring is carried out regular intervals and isbeing submitted to the Board.


of 276


We will provide local exhaust ventilation at storage locations which are connected to thescrubbers.

We have also provided turbo ventilators at strategic locations. All the areas are covered with Air Handling units.

11.21 Wastewater Management

Existing: Sewage (2.5KLD) is being sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. Industrial effluents(19.2 KLD) are being treated in primary ETP facilitated with 30 KLD MEE. Condensate is beingrecycled for boiler feed. MEE concentrate is sent to ATFD, Salt from ATFD is sent to TSDF.

Proposed: The sewage (9.0 KLD) will be mixed with LTDS effluent(7 KLD)will be treated inCombined Biological Effluent Treatment plan (cap. 100 KLD). HTDS effluent from process&RORegeneration softener (79KLD)will treated in MEE and the condensate will be sent to ETP and theconcentrate will be sent to ATFD. Salt will be disposed to TSDF.

The industry is maintaining the Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD. The break up in terms ofvolumetric contribution (for effluent & sewage) is given in Table-6. The effluent characteristic isprovided in Table 7.

11.22 Solid/ Hazardous Waste Management

Municipal Solid Wastes including food waste are being disposed to municipal bin and the same willbe continued for proposed project also. The hazardous waste are being segregated and storedseparately in hazardous waste storage and is being disposed to KSPCB authorized TSDF siteswithin the stipulated period of time. Same will be continued for proposed also. Hazardous wastematerials will be properly disposed as per the Hazardous and Other wastes (Management andTransboundary Movement) Rules 1989 and subsequent amendment in 2016.

11.23 Greenbelt Development

The total land area is 36,421.70sq m (9.0Acre), which is completely fortified and protected on allthe four sides by boundary walls. The Greenbelt area is 12019.16 Sq.mt (2.97 Acres, 33%).

Approximately 1800 no. of trees are required to comply the green belt as per CPCB Norm (1500Nos/Ha). Since the existing facility is having 33% of the area for green belt is being developed with1000 trees. Remaining trees (800 Nos) will be developed in phased manner during proposedproject.

A capital cost of INR 1.10 Lakhs shall be earmarked for this purpose and INR of 0.5 Lakhs shall beallocated for recurring expenses towards green belt development and maintenance. The existingand proposed species details are given below;

Existing Species:5. Neem (Azadirchtaindica) – 500 Nos6. Cashew –200 Nos


of 276

7. Gulmohar (Delonix regia) -50Nos8. Mango – 250 Nos

Proposed Species:5. Silk cotton (Bombax ceiba) – 300 Nos6. Pipal(Ficusreligiosa) – 100 Nos7. Neem (Azadirchtaindica) – 100 Nos8. Gulmohar (Delonix regia) – 300 Nos

11.24 Risk Analysis

Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis including identification, screening of scenarios, andconsequence analysis of the various risk scenarios. Risk Assessment has been done with respectto the Solvent Storage Tanks and Pipe lines.

The Methodology adopted for Risk Assessment by using the software PHAST 7.11 examines theprogress of potential incident from the modeling of pool fire, flash fire and dispersion of vapourcloud.

The scope of the study mainly involves:

Identifications of Hazards Consequence modeling Flash fire Jet Fire analysis dispersion of vapour cloud pool fire

As per the NFPA rating, the fire hazard is observed in all chemicals except MDC and Acetic Acid.The chemical such as acetone, Hexane and MDC are stored in the underground storage tankwhere the impacts are negligible and even risk contours maps are not generated.

The Consequence analysis study has been carried out for Ethanol, Butanol, Toluene, Iso-propanol, Xylene and Methanol storage tank and respective pipelines.

All the hazards are observed in North-East direction due to the wind is blowing fromSouth-West direction.

It is observed for Ethanol storage tank in the catastrophic rupture scenario, the estimateddistance for Explosion is 128.697 m outside the plant layout Open space towards westand buildings within the facility are the major receptors in the wind speed of 1.5 m/s andstability class F, at the pressure of 0.02068 bar.

It is observed for Toulene and Xylene storage tank in the Catastrophic rupture scenario,the estimated distance for Explosion is 178.301m, 115.449 m and open space towardsWest and facilities within the facility are the major receptors at the wind speed of 1.5 m/sand stability class D, at the pressure of 0.02068 bar.

It is observed for Ethyl Acetate storage tank in the catastrophic rupture scenario, theestimated distance for Explosion is 491m. Open space towards west and all the industries


of 276

within 217m radius of the facility are the major receptors for the lethal dosage at the windspeed of 1.5 and 5 m/s and stability class D, at thermal radiation of 10 kw/m2.

And in all other scenarios impacts observed are confined within the facility Mitigative measures for storage tanks are proposed to avoid hazards.

11.24.1 Risk Control Measures

Pressure safety valves for storage tanks Pressure alarm high and pressure alarm low for storage tanks Level indicators with monitoring from control for storage tanks Level transmitter, Level gauge and Temperature indicators for the storage tanks Fire protection arrangements in the form of Fire Hydrants and Monitors for the storage

tanks. Emergency Handling checklist and procedure

11.25 Disaster Management Plan

The salient features of Disaster Management Plan include

Emergency shutdown procedure Electrical Power Failure & Key Utility failures Fire protection system Emergency safety equipment & Reporting and response to emergency Emergency Help from nearby industries and tie up with nearby industries Emergency Control Room - is the focal point in case of an emergency from where the

operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will be equipped withInternal and P & T telephones, Paging system and Emergency siren.

11.26 On-Site Emergency Plan

To provide effective planning, communication and to ensure discipline while mitigatingidentified emergencies at the earliest utilizing available resources, safety gadgets andsystems.

Synchronized action from all the internal and external agencies at the earliest to initiatecorrective and preventive action.

To minimize the human injury and illness during emergency mitigation, priority is given torescue of incident victim/s, rendering them first aid onsite and if required providing furthermedical services at the earliest, which is available nearest to our plant.

To minimize damage to property, general environment or work environment. To effectively refer and utilize this revised onsite emergency plan while conducting on site

emergency and preparedness response drills and also during real emergencies. To identify any deviations during above drills and real situations to ensure any identified

and recorded observations for continual corrective actions and preventive actions.


of 276

11.27 Benefits of the Proposed Project

The proposed expansion of production capacity will fulfill the market requirement and play a vitalrole in the Bulk Drug Intermediates and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs), sectors andthereby address the market demand and Social benefits.

The products manufactured at these facilities will be exported that will aid in adding revenue to thenation. The corporate social responsibilities that will be taken up by the proposed project willimprove the well-being of the society and the corporate responsibilities towards the protection ofthe environment will help in conserving the ecosystem. It will also provide employmentopportunities to larger population.


of 276

CHAPTER – 12DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT


of 276

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTSIn order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed project at Plot. 101, A& B, 101Pl, 100P4, Sy.No.219 & 223 of Gadavanthi Village, Humnabad KIADB Industrial area,Humnabad Taluk, Bidar District, Karnataka – 585 530, M/s. Satyadeeptha Pharmaceuticals Ltdhasengaged Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study. The nature ofconsultancy service rendered covers terrestrial environmental assessment.

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R.Moses with the vision to serve theworld in all environmental related problems by completing the latest technological advancementsavailable.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd after havingcollaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like Thermal PowerPlant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT Parks, Residential Complexes,Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries, etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development, supply, erection,commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has successfully executed more than 200environmental engineering projects for various industrial sectors both in India and overseas.

HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and engineeringsolutions.

Strengths of HECS

Number of Employees

Total no of Employees : 779

No of Employees engaged in EIA : 105

Consultancy : 25

Laboratory : 80

Projects : 13

Operation & Maintenance : 556


of 276

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai

NABET Certificate No NABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA0083 Valid up to 13/10/2019

MoEFF Reg. Lab F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW


of 276

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in


of 276

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITEDA-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School,

Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500

environmental impact assessment report “expansion … pharmaceuticals_eia... · 2018-12-14 ·...

Documents